HomeMy WebLinkAbout1972
•
DENTON, TEXAS
WATER TREATMENT PLANT EXPANSION
CONTRACT 6044 A
ADDENDUM NO. 1
• Bids to be Opened: 1:30 PM, September 19, 1972
SPECIFICATIONS
1. ITEM NO. 106 - Metal for Structures and Miscellaneous Metal -
Paragraph K. Subway Gratings: Delete and sub;titute the follcw-
ing paragraph:
"K . Subway- 3ratin s: All subway gratings shall be Irvico Type
CC, of steel constriction, or approved equal. Bearing bar size
shall be adequate for the required spans with a live load of
100 pounds per feet. Where gratings are used for steps, they
shall have 1 1/4" wide cast abrasive nosings. Painting shall
be as specified in these specifications."
2. ITEM NO. 302 - Foam Concrete Roof Deck - Paragraph B. 4. Foam
Concrete: Zonolite concrete aggregate as manufactured by the
Zonolite Division of W. R. Grace b Company will be considered
equal to Mearicrete. Mix desi $n shall be 1 bag (94 lbs.) of
Portland Cement to 1 1/2 bags l6 cu. ft.) of Stabilized Zonolite
Concrete Aggregate. Wet density shall be 54-60 pcf, dry density
' shall be 25-30 pcf, and compressive strength shall be 125-225 psi.
PLANS
1, Sheet No. 1: The two (2) bends shown in the 36" Concrete
Cylinder High Service Line are combination horizontal-vertical
bends. Horizontal angle for each bend is 45° and vertical de-
flection for each bend is 18°-40'. The centerline elevation of
the lower section of the line (adjacent to the meter vault) is
517.00, and the centerline elevation of the upper section (from
upper bend to plug at south end) is 533.50.
2. Sheet No. 20: Detail "A" - The surface wash stabilizer running
beneath the wash water troughs in the center of each filter shall
be a 9"03.40 structural channel and shall also serve as a wash
water trough support. A minimum of 3/4-inch vertical adjustment
shall be provided in the bracket attaching the troughs to the
stabilizer. Attach to concrete wall each end with 1/4" clip
angles and two 5/e" expansion bolts.
0
ADDLNDUM.NO. 1 CONTINUED
age
3. Sheet No. 33: The existing 36" high service supply line to which
the proposed high service line connects is cast iron pipe instead
of concrete cylinder pipe.
Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of addendum in space provided
in the Proposal.
FRE£SE, NICHOLS AND ENDRESS
Consulting Engineers
September 12, 1972
.,ice
CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS
SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF
WATER TREATMENT PLANT EXPANSION
ACCOUNT NO. 04-60-91-13
CONTRACT 6044-A
1972.
CITY COUNCIL UTiIITY WAND
BILL NEU. MAYOR TOM HARPOOL, CHAIRMAN
HAROLD RAMEY DR.J.K.G.SILVEY
TOM JESTER,JR. STAN MUNSON
MORRIS KIBLER MARVIN 0.RAMEY
GEORGE SCHNEIDER WILLIAM C.DAVIS
I
CITY MANAC.tR
JAMES W.WHITE
DIRECTOR OF UTRIt [S wATFI AND SEwER SUIEIINTENDtNT
DOUGLAS F.BLACKBU114 EARL JONES
FREESE, NICHOLS AND ENDRESS
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
FORT woo Tr. TtdAS
F~ ! 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
INVITATION TO BIDDERS a
INSTRUI;TIONS TO BIDDERS b
PROPOSAL c
~11ECIAL PROVISIONS g
MIF1tdUM WAGE SCALE o
C%-TRACI AGREEMENT 1
PERFORMA\CE BOND 3
PAYMENT BOND 5
GENERAL CONDITIONS or AGREEMENT 7
DETAIL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION I - GENERAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS
Item No. 100 - General Requirements
101 - Clearing and Grubbing and Topsoi Surfacing
102 - Earthwork
103 - Concrete
104 - Concrete Structures
105 - Reinforcing Steel
106 - Metal for Structures and Miscellar,e,.us Metal
107 - Steel Structures
108 - Lime Storage Silo
1L) - Sanitation and Clean Up
110 - Foundation for Steel Storage Tank
SECTION II - MECHANICAL SPECTFICA71ONS
TtPm No. 201 - General
202 - Flocculators
P~ 203 - Sludge Collectors
204 - Filter Underdrains
205 - Filter Media
206 - Instrumentation and Control
207 - Metering
208 - Filter Wash Water Troughs and Surface
Wash Equipment
• 209 - Cate Valves
210 - Butterfly Valves
i
Table of Contents, Cont. - Page Tko_
SECT ON II MECHANICeV. SPECIFICATIONS (CON"
Item No. 211 - Check Valves
212 - Sluice Gates
213 - Piping and Pipework
214 - OMITTED
215 - Pumping Equipment
216 - Installation of High Service Pump
217 - Lime Silo Vibrator and Level Indicators
218 - Bucket Elevator and Conveyo:'a
219 - Jib Cane and Hoist
220 - Air Conpressors and Dryers
211 - Misce: aneous
SECTION III - ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS
Item No. 301 - Masonry
3G2 - Foam Concrete Roof Deck
303 - Roofing and Sheet Metal
304 - Miscellaneous Items
305 - Doors, Frames and Windows
306 - Waterproofing and Caulking
307 - Glass and Glazing
308 - Hardware
309 - Vinyl Tile Flooring
310 - Painting
SECTION TV - ELECTRICAL. SPECIFICATIONS
Item No. 401 - General Electrical Requirements
402 - Electrical Wiring
403 - Electrical Equipment
5
NOTICc TO BIDDERS
Sealed Proposals addressed to James W. White, City Manager of Denton,
Texas, will be received at the office of the City Manager in the Municipal
Building until 1:K P. M., September 191 1972 for the construction and
completion of: i
WATER TREATMENT PLANT EXPANSION
CONTRACT 6044-A
At this time and place the proposals will be publicly opened and read
aloud. Any bid received after closing time will be returned unopened,
Contract Documents, including plans and specifications are on file and
may be examined without charge in the office of the Director of Utilities,
Municipal Building, Denton, Texas, and the offices of Freese, Nichols
and Endress, Consulting Engineers, 811 Lamar Street, Fort Worth, Texas.
Contract Documents, including plans and specifications may be procured
from Freese, Nichols and Erdress at the above address for the ucicunt of
$20.00, which will not be refunded.
A cashier's check, certified check or acceptable bidder's bond, payable
to thol City of Denton, Texas, in an amount not less than five 6%) per
cent of the bid submitted, must accompany each bid as a uarantee that,
if awarded the contract, the 3idder will, within ten 0 0 days of award
of contract, enter into a contract and execute bonds on the forms ,,rovided
in the Contract Documents.
Attention is call-2d to the fact that not less than the prevailing wage
rates, as established by the City of Denton, Texas, and as hereinafter
set forth in the Contract Documents hereinbefore described and which are
made a par' hereof, must be paid on this project.
In case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating roposal prices,
the City of Denton, Texas, reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous
construction thereof, cr to reject any or all bids, ane waive formalities.
No bid may be withdrawn within forty-five (45) days after date on which
bids are opened.
CITY 0,'- DENTON, TEXAS
James W. White, City Manager
a
INSTRUCTIONS 1`0 BIDDERS
1. PROPOSAL FORM: Bidders shall use the proposal forms included in tiw,
documenE . -FFoposal forms are to be left attached to documents in same
manner as received by Bidders. Supplemental data to be furnished shall
be included in same sealed envelope with Proposal.
2. DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL: It shall be the Bidder's responsibility for
the e1-Tvery of his proposal at the proper place by the time stated in
the Notice to Bidders. The mere fact that a proposal was dispatched ,,ill
not be considered. Each proposal shall be in a sealed envelope plainly
marked with the word "PROPOSAL" and the name or description of the rl:;ect
as shown on the front cover of the Contract Documents.
3. BID SECURITY: Each b'd must be accompanied by a certified or cashier's
check an approved bidder's bond made payable to the N-ner in ar amount
of five (5%) percent of the largest possible total of the bid as d guarantee
that, if awarded the contract, the Bidder w•,ll enter into a contract and
execute all necessary bonds.
4. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS: Performance and payment bon-+s in the
amount not less than one un red per cent (100%) of the cont act price
conditioned upon the faithful performance of the contract, and upon payment
of all persons supplying labor or furnishing materials, will be required
upon the forms which are a part of the Contract Documents. Bonds shall
be executed by a surety compary acceptable to and approved by the Owner,
authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and acceptable for underwriting
of risks as indicated by the latest revision, Treasury Department Circular
570, listing c,:Rranies holding certificates of authority from thy? Secretary
of the Treasury as acceptable sureties on federal bonds. The period of
the Perfonnance Bond shall be extended one year from the date of acceptance
of all work done under the Contract, to cover the guarantee as set forth
in the Special Conditions.
5. BIDDERS' KNOWLEDGE OF CONDITIONS: Prior to submission of a proposal,
each bidder shall have made a thorough inspection of the sit- of the work
and a thorough examination of the plans and specifications, and shall
become informed as to the nature of the work, labor conditions, and all
other natters that may affect the cost and time of completion of the work.
6. INTERPRETATION OF DOCUMENTS: If any person contemplating submitting
a bia or the propose contract is in doubt as to the meaning of any part
of plans, specifications, or other proposed Contract Documents, he may
submit to the Engineer a written request for an '.iterpretation thereof
prior to 40 hours of the time for opening of bids. Th person submitting
this request will be responsible for its prompt delivery. Any interpretation
of these documents will be made only by addendum duly issued and a copy
of such addendum will be mailed or delivered to each pe-son receiving
a set of such Documents. The Owner will not be responsible for any other
explanations or +nterpretations.
ENO OF INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
b
PROPOSAL
Denton, Texas
September 19 1912
PROPOSAL OF A. E_MitchelI Construction Company, Inc.
a Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas ,
a partnership consisting of
the business name of an individual.
TO: James W. White
City !Manager
Denton, Texas
PROPOSAL FOR: WATER TREAIMENT PLANT EXPANSION - CONTP,,,T NO. 6044-A
The under igned Bidder, pursuant to the foregoing Notice to Bidders, has
carefully examined the Instructions to Bidders, this Proposal, the form
of Contract Agreement and of Bonds, the General Conditions of the Agreement,
the Special Prcvisions, the Specifications, the Plans, and also the site
of the work, and will provide all necessary labor, superintendence, machinery,
equipment, tools,,,iaterials, services, and other facilities to complete
fully all the work as provided in the Contract Documents; and binds himself
upon forral acceptance of his proposal to execute a contract and bonds,
according to the prescribed forms, for the following pricey, to-wit:
Item Unit
No. Description Price Amount
1. For construction of expansion "
to Water Treatment Plant,
exclusive of Alternate Bid Items
below, complete as shown on
Plans and specified herein, the
lump sum of One Million One
Hundred Seven Thousand Six
Hundred Thirteen Dollars L.S. 5 111019613.00
C
Item Uni t
No. Description Price Amount
(Items 2 thru 6 are Alternate Bid Items)
2. For completion of plant components
outlined in Paragraph 4 of Special
Provisions by July 1, 1973, the
lump sum of
Thirty Five Thousand Three
HundreC _-Dollars L.S. S 359300.00
3. For furnishing and installing
lime storage silo, bucket elevator,
screw conveyors, and appurtenances,
complete, the lump sum of _
NOT AWARDED
_ Dollars L.S. NOT ftWARDED
4. For construction of chlorine storage
rack, complete with jib crane, con-
crete cover, and appurtenances, the
lump sun of
NOT AfdARDED
Dollars L.S. $ NOT AWARDED
5. For construction of dry wells for
existing flocculator basins, in-
cluding new drives, sump pu~-ps, re-
building flocculators, etc., complete
the lump sum of
NOT A~ ARDED
Do*11ars L.S. 5 NOT AWARDED
6. For constructing foundation and con- `
-
necting piping for 2 MG clean,,ell,
including valves, fittings, retaining
wall, grading, etc., the lump sum of
NOT AWARDED
L.S. $ NOT AWARDED
d
Item Unit
No. Description- Price Amount
7. Unit prices for the following
items are intended to be ADD or
DEDUCT prices for work which
might be added to or deleted from
the project. Payment or deduction
for these items will be only for the
actual quantities, if any, which are
affected.
a. 3000 psi concrete, including
formngork, complete in place
15 C.Y. @ $ 100.00 g 1,500.00
-
b. 1500 psi concrete, complete 90 OO 1,350.00
in place - 15 C.Y. @ $ $
c. Reinforcing steel, complete
in place - 2000 Lbs. @ $ _ 0.16 g 320.00
d. Flanged C.S. pipe and fit-
tings, complete in place -
1.0 Tons @ S 570.00 $ 570.00
e. B & S C.I. pipe and fit-
tings, complete in place -
1.0 Tons 9 $ 320.00 $ 320.00
20. 0 -
TOTAL AMOUNT BID (Sum of all Items) S 11146,973.00
The undersigned agrees to comrience work within ten (10) days after written
notice to commence work, and to substantially complete the work on which he
has bid in 420 consecutive calendar days.
Within ten (10) days after formal acceptance of this Proposal by an award of
contract, the undersigned will execute the Contract Agreement and will fur-
nish approved surety bonds and such other bonds as required by the Contract
Documents for the faithful performance of the Contract. In the event the
Contract Agreement and Bonds are not executed within the time above set
forth, the attached bid security in the amount of
Five Percent of total Amount Bid
is to become the property of the Owner as liquidated damages for the delay
and additional work caused thereby.
e
The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the following addenda:
#l_Sept. 12, 1972
Respectfully submitted,
A. EMITCH~ELL CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC.
.
S~Sr~„/ T' /r
BY .
A. E. Mitchell, resident.
Title
SEAL P. 0. Box 29135
(If Bidder is a Corporatio )
Dallas, Texas 75229
Aldress
NOTE: Do not detach bid forms
from other docuaents. Fill
in with ink and subiit corm-
plete with attached docunerts.
f
l
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. Scope: The work included in this Contract consists of furnishing
all materials, tools, equipment, transportation, services, and all labor
and superintendence necessary for the construction and completion of an
8 MGD expansion to the City of Denton Water Treatment Plant. The work
is comprised of the following major items: flocculators, settling basins,
filters, pipe gallery and piping, chlorine storage racks, lime silo and
conveyor system, modifications to existing flocculators, installation
of Nigh Service Pump, plant yard piping, etc. The plant, when completed,
shall be in operating condition, with all equipment serviced and functioning
properly.
2. Wage Rates: te__There shall be paid on the project not less than the
general prevailing rates of wages in the locality of the project, which
prevailing wage rates have been determined by the Owner in accordance
with statutory requirements. There is included immediately following S
these Special Conditions a schedule giving for variou3 classifications I
the minimum rates as have been established by the Owner.
3. Sales Taxes: The Owner qualifies as an exempt agency pursuant to
the provisions of Article 20.04 (F) of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise
and Use Tax Act, and is not subject to any State or City sales taxes.
The Contractor performing this contract may purchase, rent or lease all
materials, supplies, equipment used or consumed in the performance of
this contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu
of the tax, said exemptiun certificate complying with State Comptroller's
ruling #95-0.07. Any such exemption certificate issued by the Contractor
in lieu of the tax shall be subject to the provisions of the State Comp-
troller's ruling #95-0.09 as amended to be effective October 2, 1968.
4. Schedule of Construction: The Owner desires that the entire project
be comp e d as'soon as possible and consideration will be given in the
award of contract to the completion date bid. Bidders shall indicate the
time for completion of the entire project in the space provided in the
Proposal, and the time so indicated will be inserted in the Contract Agree-
ment of the successful birder. The lump sum amount for Proposal Item No. 1
shill be based cn completion of the entire project within the time set forth
in the Proposal.
The Owner desires that portions of this project be fully complete and ready
for operation by July 1, 1973. These portions are:
a. 2 - new flocculation basins, with mechanisms
b. 2 - new settling basins, with mechanisms
c. Raw and Settled Water Flumes
d. 2 - new filters, with controls, piping and filter media
9
An alternate bid item has been provided in the proposal for the additional
amount, if any, which twill be required over the lump sum amount bid for
Item No. i in order to meet this schedule. If the Contract is awarded on
the basis of meeting the July 1, 1973, deadline for the aforementioned
items, and all of these items are not completed by that date, or within
270 calendar days after the date of contract award, whichever is earlier,
then the Owner shall recover, and the Contractor agrees to pay, liquidated
damages for each day after the scheduled completion date that all of the
aforementioned items are not ready for beneficial use. The amount of
liquidated damages per day shall be one-thirtieth (1/30) of the total
amount bid in the alternate bid item for early completion, or $1,000.00
per day, whichever is greater.
The Owner shall be the sole judge as to whether the work has been completed
within the alloted time. The amount or amounts shall be recovered by de-
ducting same from the monies due, or tha' may become due, the Contractor,
and if said monies be insufficient to covar the amount owing, then the
Contractor or his surety shall pay any additional amount or amounts due.
The amounts shown for liquidated damages in Paragraph 4.04 of the General
Conditions of Agreement shall not be applicable to this "early completion"
portion of the Contract.
The Owner reserves the right to award the contract based on its decision
as to the best bid, all factors considered. The Owner also reserves the
right to delete any or all of the alternate bid items 2 through 6 from the
Contract. The Contract award will be based or. !tom 1 plus any combination
of Items ? through 6, plus Items 7a through 7e.
5. Materials Furnished, by Owner: Under separatq contract the Own: will
furnish ithis Contractor, for this Contract installation, the high
service pumping unit with motor. This Contractor shall receive, unload,
store, and install the unit, and make all necessary piping and electrical
connections required to put pumping unit into operation. Motor starter
shall be furnished by this Contractor.
Also under separate contract, the Owner will purchase the 2 Million Gallon
Steel Ground Storage Tank. The foundation for the tank, including all
connecting piping, valves, etc., shall be constructed by this Contractor,
and shall be completed and ready for the tank erection to begin by January 1,
1973. This Contractor will be expected to cooperate to the fullest extent
with the Tank Contractor to ensure a harmonious relationship and to allow
the entire project to be completed within the necessary time frame.
6. Award of Contract: The Owner reserves the right to award the contract
based on its etc ~sion as to the best bid, all factors considered. The
Owner also reserves the right to delete any or all of the alternate bid
items 2 through 6 from the Contract. The Contract award will be based on
Item l plus any combination of Items 2 through 6, plus Items 7a through 7e.
It is expected that the award of Contract will be made by October 1, 1972.
h
The successful bidder will be notified by letter, or telegram, and the notice
of award will also be the notice to commence work, with the execution of
contract, documents to immediately follow.
7. Alternate Bid Items:
a. General: Because of the liiaitation of funds available for the
project, certain facilities which are shown on the Plans and
which a:-e hereinafter described shall be eliminated from the
lump sum bid price for the plant construction and shall be bid
is additive alternates. It is the desire of the Owner that these
alternate items be constructed and, in the event sufficient funds
are available at the time of an award of contract, it is antici-
pated that the award will include all items.
The items to be bid as additive alternates are described in the
following paragraphs:
b. Item No. 2, Earl Completion: The bid price for this item shall
e u compensation for a extra costs, overtime pay, etc., which
may be incurred by the Contractor for completion by July 1, 1973,
of the plant components described in Pargraph 4 of these Special
Provisions.
c. Item No. 3, Lime Storage Silo: The bid price for this item shall
include a work required for furnishing and installing the lime
storage silo, including foundations, bucket elevator, screw conveyors,
vibrator, painting, electrical, etc., complete as detailed on the
Plans and specified herein.
d. Item No. 4 Chlorine Storage Rack: The bid price for this item
all be full co +pensation for all excavation, concrete work, jib
crane, piping, and appurtenances necessary to complete the in-
stallation of the fully operational chlorine storage tank, with
jib crane.
e. Item No. 5 Existing Flocculator Revisions: The bid price for this
item shall be full compensation for albrevisions required for the
four (4) existing flocculator basins, including construction of
concrete dry wells for drives, replacing two (2) of the existing
drive units, replacing shafts and redwood paddles, furnishing and
installing stuffing boxes, sump pumps, painting, electrical, etc.,
complete as shown on the Plans and specified herein.
f. Item No. 5 2 Mr Cleat-well Foundation and Piping: The bid price
or t s em sh-aT1_b_e_fu7T compensat o~ n-Tor constructing the
foundation For the 2 MG Steel Ground Storage Tank, including the
concrete retaining wall, all connecting piping, valves and vaults,
i
grading, etc. The foundation shall be ready for tank erection
to begin by January 1, 1973, and piping connection shall be
completed so that the tank may be placed into service within
30 days after tank construction and painting is completed.
8. "ADD or DEDUCT" Bid Items: Proposal Items No. 7a th,bugh 7e are
intenTed`to a use -as- a basis !'or payment for extra word: which may be
required during the construction of the project. Payment will be made
under these items only for such quantities, if any, which the Engineer
authorizes as extra work, not shown on the Plans. These unit prices may
also be used to reduce the contract amount in the event quantities are
reduced from those shown on the Plans.
9. Drawin s and Other Data Required of the Contractor: The Contractor
shat sub mit to the Engineer five 5) copies each of all shop and erection
drawings and schedules, schematic or system diagrams, outline and foundation
or attachment drawings, data sheets, catalog cuts, bulletins, or other
descriptive material as is customary or as may be specifically required
by the Engineer for each of the following items:
a. Concrete forms and falsework
b. Concrete reinforcing steel
c. Structural steel, hanarails, gratings and other metal specialties
d. Piping and supports, including all 6-inch diameter and larger
cast iron, steel, reinforced concrete, and steel cylinder
concrete pipe, etc.
e. Valves and gates, 6 inches and larger
f. Architectura'i specialities, windows, doors, plumbing,
hardware, etc.
g. Electrical equipment
Ii. Filter control equipment
I. Filter underdrain system
j. Filter surface wash equipment
k. Flocculator mechanisms
1. Sludge collector wechanisms
m. 'pumps and motors
n. Bucket elevator and conveyors
o. Lime storage silo
p. Other items as required by Engineers
The drawings or other required descriptive material will be examined and
approved, corrected, or rejected by the Engineer with reason,+ble promptness.
All rejected or corrected material shall be revised and resubmitted until
approval is obtained. Delays caused by such rejections will not be considered
cause for extension of the contract time. Approval by Engineer indicates
general compliance or acceptability; however, it does not relieve the Con-
tractor of final responsibility for proper dimensions, character, quantity,
quality, strength or sufficiency of the items involved. Waivers or exceptions
j
to the plans and specifications may be validated only by writing from the
Engineer which specifically identifies the feature and no such waiver or
exception shall be allowed as a result of omissions or oversights in ex-
amining and approving the above drawings of other material. In addition
to the foregoing, the Contractor shall furnish the Owner with four (4)
parts
furnihed manuals, under d the
electrical s equipment intenance
lists for s alof all l mechanical i and instructions,
Contract.
10. Water for Construction: The Owner will furnish all water required
for construction purposes at no cost to the Contractor. Water will be
available at an existing fire hydrant on the plant site; however, this
Contractor will be required to install a valve on the hydrant and install
all other piping, fittings, etc.,as may be desired to facilitate useof the water.
11. Power for Construction: The Owner will furnish all power required
for construction purposes at no cost to the Contractor. Power service will
be provided at only one (1) location, as selected by the Contractor.
12. Connections tc 2xisting Facilities: It will be necessary, during
the course of construction, to make several connections to the existing
plant. All work involved in making connections which will require a
shutdown of the existing plant shall be carefully planned and coordinated
with both the Engineer and the Owner so that "down" time of the existing
plant ma.y be held to a minimum. On occasions when the existing plant is
down for purpose of making connection, work shall proceed on a full work
force, 24-hour schedule until the plant is back in operation.
13. Cost Breakdown: Within thirty (30) days after the execution of the
ContractJ, a _ not Tess than fifteen (15) days prior to the first monthly
estimate, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a cost breakdown
of the work under his Contract. This breakdown is for use by the Engineer
in preparing the monthly estimates and for the Owner's use in cost accounting
for the project. The breakdown shall be in detail, itemizing all items
of equipment and construction and shall accurately reflect the cost of
all work as included in the bid prices. Cost breakdown shall be such that
an ovarall cost of the various elements of the project can be determined.
14. Progress Schedules: Within 15 days after receipt of notice to proceed,
tlo3 Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer for approval six
copies of the schedule in which the Contractor proposes to carry on the
work, the date of which he will start the several major activities (including
procurement of materials, plants, and equipment) and the contemplated
dates for completing the same. The schedule shall be in the form of a
progress chart of suitable scale to indicate graphically the percentage
of work scheduled for completion at any time. As the work progresses
k
the Contractor shall enter on the chart the actual progress at the end
of each partial payment period or at such intervals as directed by the
Engineer. The Contractor shall also revise the schedule to reflect any
adjustments in contract time approved by the Engineer. Three copies of
the updated schedule shall be delivered at such intervals as directed
by the Engineer.
If, in the opinion of the Engineer, wort', accomplished falls behind that
scheduled, the Contractor shall take such action as necessary to improve
his progress. In addition the Engineer may require the Contractor to
submit a revised schedule demonstrating his program and proposed plan
to make up lag in scheduled progress and to insure completion of the work
within the contract time. If the Engineer finds V'c? proposed plan not
acceptable, he may require the Contractor to increase the work force,
the construction plant and equipment, the number of work shifts or the
overtime operations without additional cost to the Owner.
Failure of the Contractor to comply with these requirements shall be considered
grounds for determination by the Engineer that the Contractor is failing
to prosecute the work with such diligence as will insure its completion
within the time specified.
15. Field Office for Engineer: The Contractor shall provide and maintain,
at his own expense, a field office for the Engineer. Office space shall
be approximately 140 square feet (approximately 10' x 14' in size). Field
office space may be in a separate building or mobile trailer or may be
contained in a construction office building of the Contractor, but in
such case shall have an outside door with lock and provision for locking
any interior connecting doors. Office space shall contain drafting table
and plan rack (may be built-in) and shall be substantially constructed,
ventilated, lighted, air-conditioned for surnmer use, heated for winter
use, and weatherproofed so that documents will not be damaged by the elements.
The Contractor, at his expense, shall pay for all gas, water, and electricity
required for the field office space.
16. Salvaged Material: During construction of the project any equipment
or materials which has been the property of the Ormer and which is salvaged
by the Contractor shall remain the property of the Owner. Brick and concrete
rubble shall be the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of
off the plant site.
17. Construction Layout: The Engineer will provide at the site of the
work ho zrio ntal control in the form of a base line or grid reference points
and verti,al control in the form of bench marks. From the controls established
by the Engineer, the Contractor shall be responsible for the complete
layout of the work and for establishing lines and elevations as needed
during construction. The Contractor shall furnish at his own expense
labor, including the services of competent personnel, equipment, including
accurate surveying instruments, stakes, templates, platforms, touts, and
materials as may be required for laying out any and all parts of the work.
The Engineer will be available for assistance in an advisory capacity.
1
18. Tests: In addition to tine tests called for in the Specifications,
the Owner may have tests made of pipe and materials for conformity with
the Specifications by an independent testinr laboratory. Such independent
laboratory will be selected and paid by the Owner. The Owner may require
the Contractor to furnish mill test certificates on reinforcing steel
or wire, cast iron pipe and fittings, and cer,ent.
19. Test for Gaaka a in Concrete Basins: filling shall be done slowly
at a rate not to exceed two feet of depth per hoar. When the basins
have been filled to the overflow level they shall be allowed to set for
three (3) days. The fall in the water stirface shall be measurod accurately
at least twice each day to det:,rmine how much water is being lost to
leakage and absorption. During that time, the perimeter of the basins
shall be observed for any possible leaks. All observed leaks shall be
repaired regardless of whether the amount of leakage falls within the
allowable limits.
The maximum allowable leakage with the basins full will be D.3 gallons
per square foot of concrete contact area per 24 Fours. In the event
the basins lose more than the maximum allowable, the Contractor shall
drain the basins, repair the leaks, refill and retest until the leakage
is within the allowable. In draining the basins the last four feet shall
be drained out slowly, not to exceed one (1') foot per hour.
20. Excess Earth: None of the exc,3ss earth from the various excavations
(earth not required for, backfill o embankment) may be disposed of within
the existing fenced enclosure. The City of Denton also owns the tract
of land immediately adjoining the existing plant site on the east, however,
and it is anticipated that all of the material may be disposed of on
that site. The Contractor will be required to clear and grub the disposal
areas, and fully comply with the specifications fur earthwork in the
spreading and compaction of the material. Disposal sites will not necessarily
be all in one location on the tract of land, and the limits of the disposal
areas, depth of fill allowed, etc., shall be as designated by the Engineer.
All filled areas shall be graded smooth and shall not pond water. No
extra compensation will be paid the Contractor for hauling earth to any
part of the 48 tract of Mnd. Disposal north of Pecan Creek will not
be required.
21. Guarantee: The Contractor shall guarantee all work for a period
of one year from the date of written acceptance by the Owner. Damage
or leaks due to acts of God or from sabotage and/or vandalism are speci-
fically excepted from this guarantee. The Contractor's performance bond
shall be extended for a period of one year after final acceptance, as
a part of this guarantee.
When defective material and workmanship are discovered, required repairs
are to be made under this guarantee and all such repair work shall be
done by this Contractor at his own expense within five days after written
m
notice has been given him by the Owner. Should the Contractor fail tc
make the repairs within five days thereafter, the Owner may make the
necessary repairs and chargt the Contractor with the actual cost of the
labor and material required.
22. Partial Pa vents: The first sentence of Paragraph 2 of Paragraph
"5.05 PARTIAL PAYMENTS." page 20, GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT, shall
be revised to read as follows:
"The Owner shall then pay the CONTRACTOR on or before the 20th day
of the current month the total amount of the approved statement, less
10 per cent of the amount thereof, which 10 per cent shall be retained
until final payment, and further less all previois payments and all
further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under terms of this
Agreement,"
FND OF SPECIAL PROVISIONS
n
MINIMUM WAGE SCALE
The rates below have been determined by the City of Dontun, Texas, in accord-
ance with the statutory requirements and prevailing local wages.
overtime shall be paid for at the rate of one and one-half (1-1/2) times 'Ahe
regular rates for every hour worked in excess of forth (40) hours ;er wee'c.
CLASSIFICATION RATE CLASSIFICATION RATE
PER HOUR PER HOUR
Air Tool Man $1.70 Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Der-
Asphalt Heaterman 2.25 rick, Dragline, Shovel (1-1/2
Asphalt Raker 2.00 C.Y. & Over) 2.60
Batching Plant Scaleman 2.00 Crusher & Screening Plant Op. 1.75
Batterboard Setter 2.00 Elevating Grader 1.75
Carpenter, Rough 2.50 Form Loader 2.00
Co ncrete Finisher (Paving) 2.75 Foundation Drill operator 3.00
Concrete Finisher Helper (Paving Z.00 Youndation Dr. Op. Helper 2.00
Concrete Finisher (Structures) 2.50 Front End Loader (1 C.Y. S Less) 2.10
Concrete Finisher Helper (Str.) 1.90 Front End Loader (Over 1 C.Y.) 2.25
Concrete Rubber 2.00 Hoist (Double Drum & Less) 1.75
Flagman 1.60 Hoist (over 2 Drum) 2.00
Form Builder (Structures) 2.50 Mixer (over 16 C.F.) 2.25
Form Builder Helper (Structures) 2.00 Mixer (16 C.F. & Less) 1.90
Form Liner (Paving & Curb) 2.60 Motor Grader Operator 2.50
Form Setter (Paving & Curb) 2.50 Motor Grader Op., Fine Grade 2.75
Form Setter Helper (Paving & Curb) 1.90 Paint Striping Machine 2.00
Forn Setter (Structures) 2.25 Pump Crete 1.75
Laborer, Common, & Unlisted Hlprs. 1.60 Roller, Steel Wheel 2.10
Manhole Builder, Brick 2.50 Roller, Pneumatic (Self-Propelled) 1.70
Mechanic 2.60 Scrapers 2.25
Oiler 1.90 Scraper, Fine Grade 2.50
Painter (Structures) 2.60 Self-Propelled Har.ner 1.60
Piledriverman 2.50 Side Boom 2.25
Pipelayer 2.00 Tractor (Crawler Type)80 H.P.&Less 2.00
Pipelayer Helper 1.75 Tractor(Pneumatir_) 80 HP & Less 1.85
Pneumatic Mortarman 1.60 Tractor, Over 80 H.P. 2.10
Powderman 2.85 Traveling Plant (Stabilization) 2.25
Powderman Helpee 2.00 Trenching Machine, Light 2.00
Power Equipment Operators: Trenching Machine, Heavy 2.75
Asphalt Distributor 2.25 Wagon Drill or Boring Machine 2.00
Asphalt Paving Machine 2.25 Reinforcing Steel Setter (Paving) 1.75
Bulldozer 2.25 Reinforcing Steel Setter (Struct) 2.25
Bulldozer, Fine Grade 2.50 Reinforcing Steel Setter Helper 1.75
Concrete Paving Curing Machine 2.25 Steel Worker (Structural) 2.50
Concrete Paving Fin. Machine 2.50 Steel Worker Helper (Structural) 2.00
Concrete Paving Form Grader 2.00 Spreader Box Man 2.00
Concrete Paving. Longit. Float 2.25 Swamper 1.75
Concrete Pvving Mixer 2.60 Truck Drivers:
Concrete Paving Saw 2.00 Transit-Mix 1.75
Concrete Paving Spreader 2.50 Winch 2,00
Concrete Paving £ub Grader 2.25 Other 1.60
Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Derrick Vibrator Man (Hand Type) 11.60
Dragline, Shovel, (Less than Weighman (Truck Scales) 1.60
1-1/2 C.Y.) 2.25 Welder 2.50
0
Wage Scale Continued - Page Two
The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all State and Federal Laws applicable to
such work.
The above are minimum rates. Bidders shall base their bids on rates they
expect to pay, if in excess of those listr,d. The OWNER will not consider
claims for extra; payment to CONTRACTOR on account of payment of wages
higher than those specified.
p
r
CONTRACT AGREEMENT
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF DENTON
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 27th day of September
A.D., 19 72, by and between the City of Denton
of the County of Denton and State of Texas, acting through_•its
Mayor thereunto duly authorized so to do,
Party of the First Part, hereinafter termed the OWNER, and_
A• E. Mitchell Construction Company, Inc.
of the City of Dallas County of Dallas
and State of Texas Party of the Second Part, hereinafter
termed CONTRACTOR.
WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and
agreements hereinafter mentioled, to be madE and performed by the Party of
the First Part (OWNER), and under the conditions expressed in the bonds
bearing even date herewith, the said Party of the Second Part (CONTRACTOR)
hereby agrees with the said Party of the First Part (OuINER) to commence
and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows:
Water Treatment Plant Expansion, Contract No. 6044-A
and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in
the General Conditions of the Agreement; and at his (or their) own proper
cost and expense to furnish all the materials, supplies, machinery, equip-
ment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and other accessories and
services necessary to complete the said construction, in accordance with
the conditions and prices stated in the Proposal attached hereto, and in
accordance with all the General Conditions of the Agreement, the Special
Conditions, the Notice to Bidders (Advertisement for Bids), Instructions
1
10-15-71
to Bidders, and the Performance and Payment Bonds, all attached hereto,
and in accordance with the plans, which includes all maps, plats, blue-
prints, and other drawings and printed or written explanatory matter
thereof, and the Specifications therefor, as prepared by FREESE, NICHOLS
AI4D ENDRESS, herein entitled the ENGINEER, each of which has been identi-
fied by the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER, all of which are made a part
hereof and collectively evidence and constitute the entire Contract.
The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work on or after the
date established for the start of work as set forth in a written notice
to commence work and to substantially complete all work within the time
stated in the Proposal, subject to such extensions of time as are pro-
vided by the General and Special Conditions.
The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds the
price or prices shown in the Proposal, which forms a part of this Contract,
such payments to be subject to the General and Special Conditions of the
Contract.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed
this Agreement in the vpar and d&y first above written.
ATTEST:
CITY OF DENTONt TEXAS
C Party of the First Part, OWNER
t w By. Al H MA N
CITY A ORIEY
Bill Neu, Mayor_
Title
(SEAL)
ATTEST:
r
A. E. MITCHELL CONSTRUCTION CO., INC.
Party of the Secon Part, CONT CTOR
Ry~
t
A. E. MitcAVAI,) President
2
10-15-11
PERFORMANCE BOND
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF DENTON
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That A. E. MITCHELL CONSTRUCTION
COMPANY, INC. of the pity of Dallas -
County of Dallas and State of Texas
,
as PRINCIPAL, and Industrial Indemnity Company
as SURETY,
authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act its surety on, bonds
for principals, are held and firmly bound unto the
Texas as OWNER, in the penal sum of One Million One
Three
Hundred Forty Six Thousand Nine Hundred Seventy- Dollars 1,146,973.00 )
for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and
their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly
and severally, by these pre:ents:
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract
with the OWNER, dated the 27 day of September 19 72 , for the con-
struction of
Water Treatment Plant Exnansion, Contract No. 6044-A
which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to
the same extent as if copied at length herein.
NOW, THERLFORE, the condition of this obligation is such, that if
the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract and shall in all
respects duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the cove-
nonts, conditions and agreements in and by said contract agreed and cove-
naited by the Principal to be observed and performed, and according to the
true intent and meaning of said Contract and the Plans and Specifications
hereto annexed, then this obligation shall be void: otherwise to remain
in full force and effect,
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the
provisions of Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas as amended
3
10-15-71
by acts of the 56th Legislature, Regular Session, 1959, and all liabilities
on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said
Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein.
PROVIDED FURTHER, that if &iy legal action be filed upon this
bond, venue shall lie in --Denton _ County, 'Mate of Texas.
Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that r.o change,
extension of time, alteration or addition to the terrors of the contract, or
to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings
accompanying the same, shall in anywise affect its obligation on t''is bond,
and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alter-
ation or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to tie per-
formed thereunder. .
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principa and Surety have signed and
sealed this instrument this 21th day of Septem er 19 72
A. E. MITCHELL CO,NSTRUCT101 CO., INC. INDUSTRIAL INDEMNI OMPANY
Prrfnc peal Surety
G
By.
Title A. E. Mitchell, Presjdent Title
Address P. 0. Box 29135 Add ss
Dallas, Texas 15229-__
(SEAL) (SEAL)
The name and address of the Resident Agent of Surety is:
NOTE: Date of ~Ond must not be prior to date of Contract.
4
10-15-11
PAYMENT BOND
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF DENTON
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That A. E. MITCHELL
CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. of the City of DALLAS -
,
County of DALLAS and State of TEXAS
as PRINCIPAL, and Industrial Indemnity Company '
a-- SURETY, authorized under the laws of the State of
Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound
unto the _ City of Denton, Texas ,
as OWNER, in the penal sum of One Million One Hundred Forty Six Thousand Nine
Hundred Seventy Three Dollars 1,146,913.00) for the payment whereof,
the said Principal- and Surety bind themselves and their heirs, administrators,
executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract
with the Owner, dated the 27th day of September, 19 72 , for the construction
of Water Treatment Plant Expansion, Contract 6044-A
which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to
the same extent as if copied at length herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE. CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that
if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material
to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in
said contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in
full force and effect;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the
provisions of Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas as amended
by acts of the 56th Legislature, Regular Session, 1959, and all liabilities
on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said
Article to the same exte--t as if it were copied at length herein.
PROVIDEC F";,tTHER, that if any legal action be filed upon this
bond, venue shall lie in Denton .County, State of Texas.
5
10-15-71
I
Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change,
extension of time, rlteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or
to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications or drawings •
accompanying the sane, shall in anywise affect its obligation on this bond,
and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time,
alteration or addition to the terns of the contract, or to the iiork to be
performed thereunder.
IN WITNESS ,'HEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and
sealed this instrument this27th day of September__, 1972
r A. E. MITCHELL CONSTRt_1_C i_i_ON CO- 9 INC. INDUSTRIAL INDEMNITY COMPANY
Prin tpal-_ Surety
BY 8
1 77
Title A. E. Mitoiell, President Title - `
Address P. 0. Box 29135 A,ddr ss_ d _
Dallas, Texas 75229 /
(SEAL) (SEAL)
The name and address of the Resident Agent of Surety is:
Note: Date-of Fond mut'nbt'be prior to date of Contract.
I
r•
F,
10-15-71
PoWer of Sttornep 202
HOME OFFICE 54N FRaH.'SL:O
janobo all men by fiyge Arekntg:
That the INDUSTRIAL INDEMNITY CONI?ANY, a corporation organised and existing under the laws of the State of Cali-
fornia, and having its principal office in the City of San Franciaco, State of California, does hereby make, constitute and appolet
-----PORTER ELLIS, WILLARD CROTTY, JAMES N. PLA4EF5, TOP[ P. ELLIS, III OR G. E. EASLEY-----
its true and lawful attorney for it and in its name, place and steed to execute on its behalf as surety, bonds, undertakings, atipula•
Lions, consents and all contracts of suretyship and to attach its corporate seal to such obligations in favor c,
--ALL OBLIGEES------------------------------------------
provided that the liability of the Company as surety under his authority, in no one instance shall exceed the sum of
----UNLIMITED----•-------------------------------------
thousand dollars, and reserving to itself full power of substitution and revocation.
This Power of Attorney is made and executed in accordance with t'ie Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the INDUS
TRIAL INDEMNITY COMPANY, ■t a meeting held en the 29th day of March 1968, reading As follows:
"RESOLVED, that K. K. Bechtel, 0airman of die Board, or Fega Drexler. President, or '%L. Pedersen. Vice President, of this
company, when attested by the Secretary or an assistant secretary, bb and he heteb% is authorized to execute Powers of Attorney quali•
Bing the attorney selected to act under such Power of Attorney to esecutc oat ce Of of Industrial Indemnity Company bonds, under-
takings, stipulations, consents and All contracts of suretyship, and to math the corporate seal thereto."
In witness wheteof, the INDUSTRIAL INDEMNITY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed and its Corporare Seal to be
7ffixte, 26TH day 4
by its proper officers, at the City of San Francisco, Qlifornia, rile
November 1968 INDUSTRIAL INDFNINITY COMPANY
SEAL By J. W. PEDERSEN
J. W. PEDE•RSEN VECE PRESIDENT
Attest:
GHARLES L. KOPP
CHARLE S L. KOPP Secretary
STATE OF CALICORNIA Be.
CITY AND COUNTY OF EAN FRANCISCO
On this 20TII day of November 19 68 , before me MARY PRIELLER
a notary public in and for the City are County of San Francisco, State of California, per eonally appeared
J. W. PEDERSEN and CHARLE-S L. KOPP
known to me to be the VICE PRESIDENT and Secretary of the corporation
which executed the within tristrument, and acknowledged to me that such corporation executed the same, and that the resolution referred
to it the preceding iripteument is a true and correct copy of the resolution duly passed at a meeting of the Board of Directors on htar.
29, 068, and thtst the same is in full force and effect.
In witness whereof, I have hereto Bet my hand and affixed my od cial seal the day and year in this certificate brat above written.
SEAL MARY MUELLER... .
Notary Public in and for the City and County
My commission expiroe PU V 14, 197 of San Francisco, State of California.
USTRIAL
ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENT of the IND
t-,%'KDEAkle,,a~~
1 W. H. N
E
ity that I have compered the power of attorney granted hereln and the esolution rlcfted
INDF~Dlf61 o ereby ctr ify the
harztn la a file in the principal office of said Company, and that the Beene are correct transcripts therefrom and
o°'the . and that Bald power of attorney has not been revoked but is still In ful: force and effect,
I f, 1 1, reunto subscribed my name as such of k-er and afflxed tb4 seal of tht, I RIA 19~~MNITY
C f? M 0ca Franeieco, California thin day of 'AL ASS STATT VICE P IDENT
►n!~ltil
GE'iERAL CMDITIO'IS OF AGREE' F'iT
1. DEFINITIONS OF TEP:IS
1`01 OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND EiJGINEER. The 0-INER, the COITRACTOR and the
ENGINEER are those persons or organizations identified as such in the
Agreement and are referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if
Singular in nor^rber and masculine in gender. The term ENGINEER means the
ENG1NEF-R or his dily authorized representrtive. The ENGi'JI:ER shall be
understood to be the F.'41NEER of the O'r':;EP, and ruthing contained in the
Contract Docu°•nnts s}10,11 create any contractual or agency relatioilship
between the ENGINEER and the CO JTRACTOP.
1.02 COIJTRP,CT The Contract Documents shall consist of the
'JoLice to fidders r',d~nr`ise~rnt). Instructions to "idders, Proposal,
Special Conditions, Sior-d Contract Agreement, Pr,rforrrance and Payment
Bonds, Spccial [fonds it,h(--n required), general Coririitions of Agreement,
Technical Spccificaticns. Plans. and -111 rnr,:ifir,tinns thereof incorporated
in of the CoG,,,-'ntc !1.-,fort; e?,000tinn Of
The Contract Cocu-cnts ~lre co"°plc~^entary, ~,n;A rhat is called for by any one
shc,ll be as bindiro es if cellr_d for by all, in ase of conflict between
any of the Contract Cccu,••onts, priority of intorpr•rrt.atir,n shall he in the
follerrina Order; Sinned 4',.grecment, Perfnr-more any-! r^ayi-!erit 9onds, Special
Bonds (is any). Propo; 1, Special Conditions of roe: ant, "mice to Con-
trector•s. Technical ~rncificatirr's. Plrrins, air} ;c,nntal grin iti0n5 of
Agree•ent.
1.03 SUB -CO'ITRASTO;'. 'ho term, Suh-Contractor, as e,,-inlpyed herein, in-
CTIC'ns o-0- t'nse !tavin_ I rJil'QCt Contract ~•,ith the ;?O? and it in-
clude5 ono rho ft+rnishrs '~.iteri,il .,nw-{r?d to a snrrrAi :l dr'si jn according to
the Plans or sper-ifiration~ of this wort', but dnr~-, nr,t include one who
merely furnishes not so r,.,orkrd.
1.04 N'RITTF% r,-i(.f:. ,xittr~n notice shall he due~lf:d Co have been duly
served if d~.,Iivered( in, :)---fin to the in-livi,iual ro- to a re-ber of the firm
or to an officer of tre corporation for ,;hrt,r it i, intended, or if delivered
at or sent by reai,terc,:' -,ii 1 to t;,e last husino;', oddres, kno,,;n to him
who gives the notice.
1.05 blORK. The CONTRAMDR shall provide and pay for gall materials, supplies,
machinery, equip-lent, tools, superintendence, labor, services, insurance,
and all water, lir,ht, pc:rer, fuel, tronspnrtation and other facilities neces-
sary for the exr,,utior arld coinpietinn of the wook, covered by the conti-act
docu^ents. Unlr:s; otheroisr specified, fll materials shall he new and both
work-anship and materials shall he of I Pond quality. Tare CONTRACTOR shall,
if re;uired, "irnish satis`'actnrv evidenro as to +,rrn k`nd and quality of
materials. materials ro- r:~rr~: rr~scri,~ed in words :.ihich Co anplied have a
well kncon technical or trarle , r,;:ning sh,11 be held to rcfr:r to such recog-
nizQd standards.
7
10-15-71
~~s
1.06 EXTRA ',dORK. The tern? "Extra ''rlork" as used in this contract shall be
understood to mean and include all t'jorE: that may be required by the PIGI-
NEER or OIJNER to be done by the CONTRACTOR to Accomplish any cha,,ge,
alteration or additinn to t,hc work sho'n upon the plans, or reasonably
implied by the spr?cifications, and not covered by the COWPACTOR'S Pro-
posal, except as provided undr?r "Changes and Alterations", herein
1.07 WORKING DAY. A ";,orkin_,i Day" is defined as any day not including
Saturdays, Sundays or any legal Iholidays, in which weather or other con-
ditions, not under the control of the CONTPUTPR, ~•)ill permit con=truction
of the principal units of the work for a period of not loss than sever (7)
hours between 7:00 a.m, and 6:00 p.m.
1.08 CALENDAR DAY, A "Calendar Dav" is any clay of the week or ;Month,
no days being 12"cepted,
1._09_ SUEST_A,ITIA.LLY c~~''I^I_FTCD. By t~~c tr'r~r' "~I&StantialIV Cor-Iplnted" is
h?t'3nt thd; tale Si;r"IiG Ur'0 I11'c 1'?Co Fede SUil,_1"Ie for w<,' or occupancy or
tree facility is h'1 Cnn!itho'? `p 'Cr'',C it-, i!1'nrhlled rm,no,;n, but still -iv
regUlrr: Cllror r'1$f:fll."''n1,5 '.'r.n alYl "(Ij w~'' -I'
2. P,f_Tf I[JIL1TiEE ~rF Ti'E ',"rR l'':Cr .}iF CO'iTPACTQ°.
MI Th& f.'.',I'Grp.
a,i 11 the O'nIFR S repre_
$entatlve dvrlnri cox cilna. he dut•in-., rn,,ponsihi1itins and limitations
of authority of the n O''i.fr rnre sentativr. during construction
are as set forth in r, ( nn'' ,fir h 10CL Inn ; r,! rhrll I rlrr`, br, nxteiil,j rl or
l lrli ted :!h thout wri ttnr [nr t r)f t1,0 [I~ ' 1Ihrj . !ir',1'!~ Th(? Vl: oil
wl . i advise a n 0 crnsliI . ,'l 'I n ) I of ~
the (OTRACTOP $holl !)p l; 'f~r' 'h'illi'~1,tlr: •a lr~ lnr ,lifj(1rh'- }rl
.02 PP!1Ft551O'J'rl. I'J~ EC. r 1r,1PIT
2 r;'J,I'ir ;hall rake neri~~dic
2
Visits t0 thf Site tr ',I-i1'? 11jli5Clf :r IV '.:i',~ ',he oroor~sC of
'he executed wmk and to Iletr,- if SUC -lnr+ nnthnr•,llly °nn}~ +hn e;<<'ntlal
porfor'harce and Opsi(l- "n,hf.'_inc_, I'Lli th,q t?r~nir;,ll and `linrtional enn'nnerinq
raquirer?ent5 of the Contract .I~rrnt5: ornvi'v? and n,rnot. hol';AVr:r, that
the ENGI';E.EN shall not rc's^nn;ihle for ' •+l in'l any edrrt,.iiled, e,,halstive,
comprehensive or r.ontinlrous nn-site inspect.ir,n of the qu,'hlity or q_,antity of
the wori, or br, in any ~vay Jiro, t1y or irdirpctly, for the
construction means, refhods, `,Crl'~n1QUC5, sr-ii.r11cf?s, r[U111ity, procedurP_5,
p,ograms, safety prec~'utions or lack of sa^Ir, i{cidert. to^reto or in con-
nection therewith. fIo''.lithstandinn any other nrovisinro of this agree-ent
or any other Contract Pw.u'r?ont, 'ihe POIG'JE-.r' hall not he it any Way ,e-
sponsible or liable for -,ny riots, errors, o1,i7,0ons or ne,iicence of the
CONTRACTOR, any suhcontra':tor or any of the 'f)%-iTOp'S or subcontractor's
agents, servants or c',plo nos rar anv nther r,nrsnn, firr, or corporation
perforrhina or ottrr-rotin.i to pe-for, , any of ;ion r;ork.
2.03 PAVIPJTS -0-P -li't CI"JEER shall review 00'+TPflCTOR'S arplications
for payment end siipnorting rdhtl, d^tar•rnir?C tr,r, 11-onnt rr:e; to the CO'JTRACTOR
d
10-15-71
and approve, in writing, payment to CONTRACTOR in such amounts; such
approval of payment to CONTRACTOR constitutes a representation to the
OWNER of ENGINEER'S professional judgment that the v*rk has progressed
to the point indicated to the best of his knowledge, infonration and
belief, but such approval of an application for pay°ent to CONTRACTOR
shall not be deemed as a representation by FNGINEER that ENGINEER has
rude any exar,iration to determine how or for ti•rhat purpose CO%TP°,CTOR
has used the r,oneys paid on account of the Contract price.
2.04 INITIAL CETfRM NATIONS. The ENGINEER initially shall determine
al oTaims disputes and other matters in question between the CONTRACTOR
and the OWNER relating to the execution or progress of the work or the
interpretation of the Contract Documents and the ENGINEER'S decision shall
be rendered in writing within a reasonable time. Should the ENGINEER
`ail to make such decision within a reasonable time, appeal to arbitration
may be taken as if his decision had been rendered against the party
appealing.
2.05 OBJECTIO'_<S. In the event the ENGINEER renders any decision which,
iii the opinion of either party hereto, is not in acco,,-dance with the
reaninu and intent of this contract, either party may fik with the
E!611EER within thirty days his written nbjectinn to the deo'cion, and by
such action ra_v rese ve t'e right to submit the question so raised to
arbitration as hereinafter provided.
2.05 LINES A'ID GRADES. Jnless otherwise specified, all lines and grades
~,hal l oe furriisiied by the FNGINEEP, or his representative. rlhenever neces-
sary, construction work shall he suspenders to rem=it perforr•ance of this
work, but such suspension will be as brief as nracticahle and the CON-
TR;CTOR shall be a11o.rcJ no extra ccr~pensation therefor. 1t!e CONTRACTOR
shad give the ENGINI_FP arpie nr,tice of the ti-r, an,t place ,here lines
and nrades will be r,ec,c,ed. All stakes, narks, (?tc., shall he carefully
preserved by the CC jPA,-'Tr)', and in case of careless destruction or re-
novai by hirr cr his o plovres, such stapes, marks, etc., shall be replaced
at the CO'ITPAC-OP" e~pe,se.
2.07 CG'1TPACTO''S DU3'✓ r1~i SUPERi;tTENDFNCE. the CONTRACTOR shall give
adequate attentiosr to tine faithful n'oscCUtion and cor,plctscn of this con-
tract and shall Foep on the work, during its pro,iress, a co"petent superin-
tendent and any recessarv assistants. The superintendent stall represent
the CONTRI~CTCR in his absence and all directions given to hip-~ shall he
binding as if given to the CQ!ITPACTOr,.
The CONTRACTOP is and at all tires shall remain an independent contractor,
solely responsible for thr_ manner and rethod of c07pleting his work under
this contrz~ct, with full po;ier and authority to select the r,eans, ri,ethod
and manner of perforrin,l such vork, so long as such r-iethods do not adversely
affect the co-pleted i,q)rov•.rients, the O`riNFR and ENGINEER heinq interested
only in the result ohtainers and confor•mit,✓ of such corpletnd s,"provenents
to th•: plans, specifications and contract.
9
lO-lr;-73
Likeirise, the CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the safety of
himself, his employees and other persons, as well as for the protection
of the safety of the iraproveruents heing erected end the property of hir-
self or any other person, as : result of his oiler°tions hereunder. Engi-
neering construction drawings and specifications as i•rell is any additional
information concerning the irork to be lerforr•ed passinn fro+l or through
the ENGINEER shall not t,e interpreted as requiring or aliowinc CONTRACTOR
to deviate from the plans and specifications, the intent of such drawings,
specifications and any other such instructions heinn to define with par-
ticularity the agreement of the parties as to the trork the CONTRACTOR is
to perforrl. CONTRACTOR shall be fully and completely liable, at his own
expense, for design, construction, installation and use, or non-use, of
all items and methods incident to performance of the contract, and for
all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either- to person or property,
including, without lir~itation, the adequacy of all temporary supports,
shoring, bracing, scaffolding, machinery or equiprent, safety precautions
or devices, cnd similar items or devices used by hi'm during construction.
4y review of t.xrk in Process, or, any visit nr observation during con-
struction, or any clarifiC<t4on of plans and speci~~catiors, by the EN1,11',EER,
cr any agent, crployee, or rcrr•esentati'.e of cithrr of then!, whether through
personal observation of the rrolect site, or' by r,ranS of n(-nrovi.l of shop
dYdl11ng5 for tePpOrary i0n,truCtiCr! nr cOn;tr'Jititn m'OiP55ns. or tv other
rcans or i-othod, is a,-reed l-y, the (0% T~;~; to i e for the Purpose of
observing the extent and nature of r,~orl. cr~ ,..nleted or F,cinn performed, as
r'easured against the l~t'JS';lrl oid SRe'lf1t?tlor,s (rin5'1tUtln"l the :cntr'aCt,
or for the purpose of cn i,li,1i j,r' to orb f'llly )rid~rctanl the plans
and specifications so t'i.lt re,-r,lrtod rnnctrj.tjcn r:()rl' i,,iII confor'r1
thereto, and shall in rin w,1v rnl t',r' l~, r,-n {ulI an I .o^'pletO
responsibility for, tnc f)r(";Cr t%"r'n'' ii, j (,4 hip 1, r''n th° pr'Olect, ln -
Cluding but Vlithout Ii' tat j,),%, the nr'opr'irtV of r^tr•e,{S of the
CONTRACTOR? in perforrli'-L'.1 said contra t, and tho .1Ir, rr of any losigns,
plans cr other facilities for ~,(co nlishin! such r~~ror~an:c. f~eviation
by the CONTRACTOR from plane ir-k specifir,ltions tll,l' i!ave heel) in
evidence during any v'lsitot'Pil or oi~SOI'V~!tinll Icy t~'r! F',OlllfER, or any
of his representativ,s l:l'ettiti' ra1lod to thr r. ril,Iattention or
not steal l in no way rel i!ve i r? ~ r" rCiOR fro i rr =n-iri ~i i ? tv to complete
all wor}; in accordance ,~itll said nlan; ,1t,d sor:ifis +,in~,~,
2.03 CONTRACTOR'S E'IGLELS-o','I: i•,q. It is trnderstond rind a-lrocd that the
CONTRACTOR has, by careful exa~~rination, hiii-elf as to the nature
and location of the wor'r, t'1C corlfor'r<atier of thn ';r•O,ind, tf,e character,
quality and quantity of ti,-, menials to he enrn'.mtrrnd, tr,n ch;lractel' of
equipment and facilities needed prelirritirirv to vlrl dtwinl tl„o prnsecu`_ion
of the work, the general and locrl rooditions, f10 -ill nt.rr~r rrattr;r5 which
can in any way affect the 1%'06 under thi; ((,ntrnCt. '10 'ro+cjl agreement or
conversation with any n`ficCr, ~r:r:nt or e r,` tr,e + .',r~' P I~JrP'LER
ert or
either before or ,after <ko r'',r~rtirn r_.f tr,i ont'c+, -',;l' '1171
r'odify any of the tr'r` s or' ni)il'la',1(in il~r'e11 corlt llrl')d
l 17
10-15-71
2.09 CHARACTER OF :,JOiPEN. The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly
aiid competent Wien, skillful in the performance of the type of work required
under this contract, to do the tirork; and agrees that trhenever the ENGINEER
shall inform him in writing that any man or men on the work are, in his
opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, such ran or men shall he
discharged from the ~;rork and shall not again be en.ployod on the work with-
out the ENGIIJEER'S written consent.
2.10 CONTRACTOR'S BUILDINGS. The building of structures for housing rren,
or the erection of torts or other forms of protection, will be perwitted
only at such places as the ENGINEER shall direct, and the sanitary condi-
tions of the grounds in or about such structures shall at all times he
maintained in a manner satisfactory to the RG INFFR.
2_11 SANITATION. Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers
on the t•ror4c, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed
and maintained by the CONTRACTOR in such manner and at such points as shall
be approved by the ENGINEER, and their use shall be strictly enforced.
2.12 SNOf_DRAb1INGS_. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the FNGINEER, with such
promptness as to cause no delay in his own work or in that of any other
Contractor, four checkeca copies, unless othemise sp-~cifimd, of all shop
and/or setting draninos and schedules required for the wnrk of the various
trades, and the F?JGINEER shall pass upon thorn with reasonable. promptness,
makino desired ccrrectinns. The CONTRACTOR shall make any rorrtctions re-
quired by the ENGINEFF, file with him tr•ro corrected coins and furnish such
other, copies as r•L'v hr, needed. The rNGINEER'S approval of such drawings or
schedules shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsihility for deviations
from draninos or sn-, i inns, unless h,. has in uritinn called the
NEER'S attontinn tr sn
' r n F,Jl it it the t•irnr of snhr,issinn, nor shall t
relieve hir•, from r .l i',ty for errors of tiny sort `n shop drawinns or
schedules. It shall,, ? the ,'JPACTOR'S respon;ihility to fully and com-
pletely revirr all ;r., to ascertain their effect on his ability
to p^r'forrr th,, ronui ~ r'r1 c nri work in accordance flit!) this
specifications am' Wlin rr,i. plans and
-Omtract. time,
Such review by the n:'(;Ir;1rn shall he for the sole purpose of detr.rminincr the
sufficiency of said I~n,rin,rs m- schedules to result in finished i-swovo,,
in conformity with tyre plans specifications, and shall nor, teets
CONTRACTOR of his du`v as (in in,lepr~ndent contractor as provinu5iy et forth,
it being expressly understnod and agreed that the EIIr,INEER rir,es not assUine
any duty to pass upon the r)r(-jprinty or adequacy of such rirarrinns or schedules,
or any mans or methods re`irr•tnd therteby, in relation to thr? safety of
eith person or property i„rinrn Of1;1TRACTOR'S perfnrn,anrn hereunder.
2.13 RRELIHINIRY ,1rT1rl'AL Thp E11AiNEER shall not have the power to waive
tie o linotions n? r'iri; cnntrar,r, for tho rurnishino , v the CO'ITRIICTO,R of
good material, and of hi-, n,!rfor-ilnq nnod wrwk at; ')earn d^sCrlhed, and in
full acFor'dancn with the plrw, in, specifications. Jo failure or omission
of the ''INFER to to or condemn anv defective work or
11
10-15-71
material shall release the CONTRACTOR from the obligations to fully and
properly perform the contract, including without limitations, the obligation
to at once tear out, reirove and properly replace the sarle at any time prior
to final acceptance upon the discovery of said defective v,ork or raterial;
provided, however, that the ENGiI.EFR shall, upon request of the CONTRACTOR,
inspect and accept or reject any ~,aterial furnished, and in event the material
has been once accepted by the E'l such acceptance shall be binding
on the O'.,NER, unless it can be clearly shovrn that such raterial furnished
does not roet the specifications for this work.
Any questioned viorr ray be ordered taken up or removed for re-examination,
by the ENGINEER, prior to final acceptance, and if found not in accordance
with the specifications for said work, all expense of re!°ovina, re-examination
and replacn,rent shall be borne n~' the CONTRACTOR. other)-,ise the expense thus
incurred shall be allovjed as UT? " ';IORK, and sisal l tie paid for by the OWNER;
provided that, where inspection or approval is specifically rr,quired by the
specifications prior to perfori,~ance of certain rnO, should the CONTPACTOR
proceed with such r•rork without rcouestino prior inspection or approval he
shall bear all exncnse of ta'rAiia ur. ru-~ovinci. -find revlacinrg this work if
so directed by the
2.14 DEFECTS AND_TPEIF. REF?FEr1E~. It is further agreed that if the work or
any part Viereof, or ariy ~~at~~ial hrouaht on the site of the v;ork for use
in the word: or selecteJ for the sa e. shall hn 'ne-ed by the FNGINFER as
unsuitable or not in confornif.v r0 the spe if-,'ations, the C'j'ITRACTOR
shall, after receipt of v,rittrr notice thereof rrcm the EVGINEER, forthwith
remove such material and rehuild or" otherr•risn ro-edy such work so that it
shall be in full accordance ,1ith this contract.
2.15 COa."+G{S AND A1,7-'L ION5. 'h,, r0^iTn,"C"' fr rther agree, that the
lr',,'IsER may rake such chanacs anti ,lterations a- the OINE1 r-1ay see fit, in
the line, grade, for-r, di---en-,ions, plans or ratnrials for the work herein
contemplated, or any part thcrf-nf. either be`o-r, or aftr?,• the beginning
of the construction, v'Athou' <<rting the v;;lidity of tris contract and
the accoriparying 1'erforr~rance oiid F',ryr-ent Bonds.
If such change;, or alterations diminish the m,antity of the work to he done,
they shall not constitute the basis for a cl,,iir for eci-a7es. nr anticipated
profits on the work, that may be dispensed wfl, o'rnot as provided for
unit price items under Section 5 '~;easurerrent -rnri the a'rlour,t
of work is increased, and the raork. can fairly be (lensified under the
specification!, such increase shall be paid 'r)-• irr'ordinr) fr> tr-r: nuantity
actually done anc' at the unit price, if any, rt,,lli~h~d for ~work under
this contract, except as provi;lc,d for unit p,.:,~ *F~S urd2r'r,ction 5
'Measurement and Pigment"; othcrwis?, such <id ';fork ';h,lll be oald
for as provided unifier 1xtra 1r1rJr1. In cost' 11`r F Sha}1 Pd lr. SUeh changes
or alte,-ations as shall nake LiTlrSS amy anti r.r"jHy ,fnne or -aterial
already furnished or used in !.0d r,rork, then ain OIj~ " shall rnco~pense the
CONTRACTOR for any reater•ial or 1~ihor so users. "I'd ~Or anv act~lal loss oc-
casioned by such chonoe, due to coal exoen;,,, incurred in p?c-paration for
the work as orirlinally planners.
12
10-15-71
3. GENERAL OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
3.01 KEEPING OF PLAIDS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE. The ENGINEER shall
furnish the CONTRACTOR vii th an adequate and reasonaole number of copies of
all plans and specifications withcut expense to hie, and the CONTRACTOR
shall keep one copy of the same constantly accessible on the work, with
the latest revisions noted thereon.
3.02 OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS. All drawings, specifications and copies there-
of furnished by the ENGINEER shall not be reused on other work, and, with
the exception of the signed contract sets, are to be returned to him on
request, at the completion of the work. All models are the property of
the OWNER.
3.03 AOE UACY OF DESIGN. It is understood that the OWNER believes it has
employed competent engineers and designers. It is therefore, agreed that
the OWNER shall be responsible for the adequacy of the design, sufficiency
of the Contract Documents. the safety of the structure and the practicability
of the operations of the co!npleted project; provided the CONTRACTOR has
complied with the require--ents of the said Contract Documents, all approved
modifications thereof, and additions and alterations thereto approved in
writing by the "he burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon
the CONTRACTOR to shoe,, that Fe has co:nplied with the said requirements of
the Contract Documents, =rproved odifications thereof and all approved
additions and altQ:atiors thereto.
3.04 RIGHT uF ENTRY. The 0~4PEP, reserves the right to enter the property
or ocation on i.rliicli the works herein contracted for are to be constructed
or installed, by such acent or averts as he rray elect, for the purpose of
inspecting the ~•,ori, or `or the pm-nose of constructing or installing such
collateral wort. )s said rav dosire.
3.05 COLLATEVL CONTPACTS. The OIINER agrees to provide by separate contract
or otherwise. all labor an+i material essential to the completion of the work
specifically exclu,,nd fro:, this contract. in such m3nrer as not to delay
the progress of the rw 61i,~age said COW FACTOR, except where such delays
are specifically rcntion,~d elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
3.06 DISCREPf',CIF At,D O_"I5SI0 S. It is further agreed that it is the in-
tent of this contract that all 4;ork must be done and all r,aterial -lust be
furnished in accordance ,rith the generally accepted practice., and in the
event of any discrepancies between the separate contract documents, the
priority of interpretation defined under "Contract Documents" shall govern.
In the event that there is still any doubt as to the meanini and intent of
any portion of the contract, specifications or drawings, the ENGINEER shall
define which is intenders to apply to the work..
3.07 EQUIPMENT, t"ATERIr1.' A'rD 1'0)%STRUCTION PLANT. The CONTRACTOR shall be
responsible for the care. -,reservation, conservation, and protection of all
13
10-?5-71
materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories,
facilities, all rieans of construction, and any and all parts of the work,
whether the CONTRACTOR has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such
work, until the entire work. is completed and accepted.
3.08 DAMAGES. In the event the CONTRACTOR is damaged in the course of the
comp etion a_f the work by the act, neglect, omission, mistake or default of
the OWNER, or of the ENGINEER, or of any other CONTRACTOR employed by the
OWNER upon the work, thereby causing loss to the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER agrees
that he will reimburse the CONTRACTOR for such loss. In the event the
OWNER is da;^aged in the course of the work by the act, negligence, omission,
mistake or default of the CO%TPACTOP., or should the CONTRACTOR unreasonably
delay the progress of the work, being done by others on the job so as to cause
loss for which the OWNER beco-es liable, then the CONTPACTOR shall reimburse
the OWNER for such loss.
3.09 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDE"IT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC. The CON-
TRACTOR shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety
of employees and others on or near the work and snall comply with all ap-
plicable provisions of Federal, State, and municipal safety laws and building
and construction codes. '411 rachinery and equipment and other physical
hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "!-Ianual of Accident Pre-
vention in Construction" of the r';ssociated Genera' Contractors of Ar,erica
except where incompatible with Federal, State, or '^unicipal laws or regu-
lations. The CONTRACTOR shall provide such machinery guards, safe walkways,
ladders, bridges, gangplanks, and other safetv devices. The safety pre-
cautions actually taken and tneir adequacy shall be tie sole responsibility
of the CONTRACTOR, acting at his discretion as an independent contractor.
3.10 PERFORMANCE A'iD nA1NE, LO%DS. Cnless otherwise specified, it is
further aorsed by -tfie parties tc this Contract that the CONTRACTOR ~qill
execute separate perfor-ancc- and payment bonds, each it the sum of one
hundred (100) percent of the total contract price, in standard forYrs for
this purpose, guaranteeing faithful performance of the work and the fulfill-
ment of any guarantees rr;ouired, and further guaranteeing pay~eent to all
persons supplying labor and -aterials or furnishing him any equipment in the
execution of the Contract. and it is agreed that this Contract shall not be
in effect until such perforr,arrr? and p,3ylrent bonds are furnished and approved
by the %'NER.
Unless otherwise approved in writing by the OWNFR, the surety co-pany
underwriting the bonds shall be acceptable according to the latest list of
companies holding certificates of a,rthority from the Secretary of the Treasvey
of the United States.
Unless otherwise specified, the cost of t,~e pre'rium for the performance and
payment bonds shall be included in the C01+TR1CTOR' proposal.
14
10-15-71
3.11 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES. C;lc_s otherwise specified, all loss
or damage to the COITPACTO arising out of the nature of the work to be
done, or from the action of the ele--ents, or from any unforeseen circum-
stances in the prosecution cf the SaTe, or fray! unusual ohstructions or
difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the tirork,
shall be sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost and expense.
3.12 PROTECTION OF ADJOIiIING PROPERTY. The said CONTRACT0R shall take
proper reams to protect the ad.jacerit or adjoining property or properties
in any way encountered, which night be injured or seriously affecteo by
any process of construction to be undertaken under this ?green•ernt, from
any damage or injury or reason of said process of r_cnstruc'irn; and he
shall be liable for any and all clair•s for such damage on account of his
failure to fully protect all adjoining property. Tire C0',TRA'71P agrees to
indemnify, save and hold ha-7iless the and ENGI%EER against any claim
or claims for damages due to any irjury to any adjacent or adjoining
property, arising or growing out of the perforr'arce of the contract; but
any such inde-nity shall not apply to any _lair of any kind ari0 nn out
of the existence nr charactcr of the wD0,
3.13 PROTECTIC A,A! iST CLAMS OF SIJB-CCr',T "CTORS, LAB~QIFRS. ','ATE0IALMEi1
A'lD FUR" I~i~ERS f~F " l:f;t EQ fl T f TLIES, _ ie C '+i^ , agr'ees
t E fro-r all
-h-at _o_d e ni f), a r d save harlr I e s he trill r the v:W r. Cnj
claims rarcmino out r,f the la. f.'1 C ands of suh-cort,-actors. laborer'.,
workr-en, r echan ics, r;3terialren and f.,rnisherc ,o` "achircry a r 1 parts there-
of, eyuip•rlent, pov:er tools, and all supplies, ir'-Iid ing c0-r1issary, incurred
in the furtherance of ti., perforrance, c 11 this contract. ;'hen ~,o desired by
i~)tha11 furnish 'atiSfaCtorv rvid:-nce that all obli-
the v:fNEP, the tO',TpRr
oatlons of the r''at!!re i'creir,,bovo '00n,)tnd r'ivr' peen p!~ri, ii;cr'aroe,i or
Iti'aived. If 00 (J' Irfi failS 5e `n jr), 'thnr thr "'a'.' at tho option
of the CO'R1'ot 10p either p,rv 0ireCtly lny !irp~iid "rl Il$, rlf 7'hii!l the '.Ir;NE'R
has written notice, or ~-Jthhold I've' thr? r0';70.%, nR'S urihairl rn penS~l~.inn
a sum of P'OnCV dE,ored rcasonahIV Suf-1r_ient to 1~0'1ir11tn Inv .r] all Such
lawful claims until s]tisf,ictory evidence is -rni-hued that~all liabilities
,rI •r r r~ Pp,, , ch711 be
have been ft,lly di:,cl,-hied, t,~ie rp_ a, s . r e 1. 1 resumed in full, in accordance wit%, t+cter'~s of c~:~~~trartr,'but in
no
event shall the nrovi0fnns of r,•,is scntencr be const,-..ed to i-pr'>r: an,, obli-
gation upon, the ef!'-ir,' ti-e I,rl~ Rh'~IC~? r~i' r1~ '".!r'?t`!.
3.14 PROTECTION AGAI,iST ~:0'~'+LTIES OR P„ TEiITED I'14r~,TiE"1. The CO;ITRACMR
sh~l pay all royalties a n~'Iicense fees, and shall provide for the use of
any design, device, n'atF!rial or process covered by letters patnnt or copy-
right by suitable legal agrecrl^nt frith the patentee or o;rner. The CONTRACTOR
shall def^nd all suits or (.1,)4 --s for infrinae•..ent of any ratent or copyright
rights and shall indemnify inl sa•re t6c iJ'dlir"P and E'~GiIIFC~ Or-less from
any loss on or.count thereof. ':,cep, that '.hi sh,li dr;fend all sash
suits and cla 1! is ~_nd hal l t Q resp(nsihle ")r il l sorb loss Mh ,n a particular
design, devicr;, ~raterial or ~n-n~'rss or tie erodur_t of a particular manu-
facturer or r:inuf r_turrrs i, ,c,ccified or reauirc' by the provided,
however, if choic._- of alterlr'~tc; design, device, laterirI or process is
15
The obligation of t!~C? CO",i=:r"C7''G unlier thin Paragraph shall rot extend to the
li9bTlity of ~il^ , fi l.[ , ills along of et"PleYer'F OriS ll l nut of the nrepa -
atTOn or ',ppt'Ob';i of frd'i ~il',till~k};, vc,lorts, swV?jVS, l11n11 'll-dO'S. (I(?SigF1S
or' specificatix)- Or the 'Iviro of fir the failla'e to vivo rjirect.ionr nr in-
StrtICtlC~l1S 'Itl- ptS (l- CI'lr nyri II rI'vin(l 0r
of tlln ilriln~ c'r Jr~nac.
3.1 ~rctli; Tf`;,rri',a hl` (r;Jn 1,r,f.'1;f rl„~l i }~lt1l:I1:ICe, 1'dlnt!ln
rroiect hil - Sri rlOli - c't ll'I tEI
t`Clo'•7 V"11C!'. r'7'. iir 15C' C'lii ut v;r r'C1' frorll flip tontr-" t C°I"C'1"lt Ions tr11CIeI-
t~le i~on tl'dCt, h,"1 '1tllel :{irh .)(roi'atiO,;S tie h1' flllllc~?if nl' C'Ily ontva.ctpl-
or by anyone diric`1' rr• indir-.Ict1v erlpIo~:ed by any of r`lcrl, Or by anvon? for
1',hose acts any of tl,r- r -lV oCL i i hl~:
(l~ S C01a~F.tlS~tion cla1G1S, disability bcriofit5. and othl,r ii -filar
"filnln,,-f? iicnefli. acts, In accor,jancr, viith stat ll;0!'y 1'CQull"I'ML,11t5i
{a) Clai7for dat"ices because of hodily injor.v occupational
siO'r'~,ss or or death of his er:nlmreas, and claims
in_Ln'hd by usual ondily injury liability covera,.,es, in ,.mount
of nn` le,- than for inluT';' trl nn,? Pe!-son rind for
Tlilt. I,rOl 'Inr ore uc( dirt'
(3) Clairs fur d~ 1 1e= because of bodily injury, si6 n~?=5 or disease,
}thc.r 'han hi, Iw'C.r.: , aF,(l clall'K
1r,stJr'eci h} U Ji1 b'idi1y i11jUl'V iiohi1't'J rive-,Iit I',)(Jnf
rif not less t'r,l~r ':,1C~O.f1'll~.llg for injur`~ `_n r)nr, hr,;;n .lr~i fnr
11ot 1'^55 t'1'tn for on^ lccidnrlt;
Clair< of iniur,, to or i'' Iurtil:n of
fr) C1,~1C- {n.1 , lr nr T1 aI'ltOr,rr' l' frier}, In ar'purrt
Of n'Jt 'ncq i~1' ~,l~r,ilslI ff1,- ~nj trrT t.n C'lrn C7C1'sOnS CI4 not
1l'iG ~~I for J1vF accidnilt 1n11 nt-ribiIr' darla ~'rltrr ~1'. t, •I!' I: i' f.;E'/ ii] -i', ,T~ C 1'~~, Irllt
iii :in
amoun` it °ri J ;n '6j to lrl,!ii' t(! iir•n I''.~''Ill1 and
i0t if i;' On'? aCi'}Cis';'
.1ni" (WiTRPICTOR
3.10.1 CERTIFICAT Oe I€lefnre epnrencino, t -n,, of t1,0
511x11 file llltil to the
01di1;'R and the FlICI; f:F~. ,llr' ;rtific,ltc sf'~-:11 ti~at
coverages afforolo'l lvldrr r) I irir,, rlili 1"W he c.~n-_lled until it least
fifteen Ciavs' rri )r 111'it.t('r i,'i lrr. is I-een ';liven t0 t_'in i ~I''f t7.
The CO11TRl7CTOR shall ,11s1) Jflf thq O!,l'! v I i d Cnrtiiicit.es of Insuranre
covering all sub-contr,Ictnr-s.
10-15-71 17
4. PROSECUTION A'lD PF,OGRESS
4.01 TIME XID (l-CER OF CT Lf 11O'i. It is the rearing and intent of this contract,
unless othen•rise ?,eroin ,pocIficall), pl':.,vided, that th.e [01WRACTOR shall be allowed
to prosecute his ,ork at su-h tiros and _oason;, in such order of precedence, and
in such rlall'ler ei ~li.ll alt' to CCOniI J Qf c01i_trUCticn; provided,
hOl$eyel', that !itE' III,] t.' 'I' tiI,, t ':1C)rnCtitit?n Shall i?Q SUCK thlat- the work
shall be A1,stLi nti,3il_y ro nl•~tcd as a ,:lnI- and i❑ pert, in accordancp with this
contract, the n1?rs end ir,.3tioIT -rild ,.itrlir; of completion de-
signated 111 the r I-,,y ; iI •d.'~J, 3t l,h !'11 tin (',,;JI_I~ 15 hldyin- Other
lVor'k done, either bV C(;Tltr•I;-~ 'ir by ",ice Con force, the Ef(:INEFP riav direct the
time and m2nner of the 1:L1Y?. Lime Under ti)iS COntl'dl't, so that con-
flict will be avoide.i Intl t, .ccjnstt'G_ ior. of the various wcrks heing done for
the OW'IER shall `ie ! ,wr,erii z:,J.
The CO'ITRACTuR shall s,J,;Mit, at such ti;^es as 1-aTV re?sonahly tie requested by the
ENGINEER, schedules I,hiri, s};all sl,o,.: Vie order in lihich the COATRACTOR proposes
t0 Cdt'ry on the t:01':, v':iti? ~a}25 it l., ,h, c, COO ; ,^d i will stW the several
parts of the work, a^d I,sti-'at.~d dates of cci-p'etion of the several parts.
4.02 EXTENSION OF il'lC, ci"or-Ild ti, r ;l n,°r; 1P t'e lr'-lavcd in the c;•,;etion of
trorE; by nrnlect ` t!r~ C",Ior of any erIployee of
either, or ntl^ c nt. 'c*.^r_ cr; Ir h, 'I i,
4 2 or by changes ordered
in the Mork, or t,~ stri' e_ . i,r_l.o~~.,tr ,nn I.r F;;ual dela,r. h'.' eorrn?on
carrier-. , or L'nal'old;;,1,^ tPr. j^;. p'C ('entl'ol, 0}'
by any cause ar, , t, dr~lay. then an ex-
tension of t`rn cllali to ~on-
pensate for til dete!Tined by the
f
}.1le E,
ENG11IECP ,'e,
I, provid:1~ ~n, GP+'EER
prompt not ic^ its,
4.03 F. yhre CC'JiF',CT0P for
darnaoes 1'eSlll t11'r 1'^ ni t T i Fri )li ~r'YC?ht l•!h'F r the
work is stoppn,,' of dnV T,ortion of
the work qrhraced it tacit, c~!tract. a`i +~~ir~~ ?11 r. sto,,p',d by the
act of the C '+Ef 2~.~,1,
~r~ f ~iie {,~t'JIE1? is
caused by such ,topprr~ n _ -i,f IrorE, "all pair! ~4, rl',C.Ci? to the COIITRACTORR,
4.04 l I+JUIDATE , `,,e T f• - =~rl ar, tini~~ is of the essence
- - -
of this COriti'aCt e%', II C~2 Of I',> 1"n (.a n',lr •?nr Of days
herein dQI'[:)1 '1'Q +?1 !lit lr~'i , r •i,n }."I'~ Y~'in _nn_rlfl i Intl Cnn-
tracted for i`* u i id I for
under Extension or' cr r, 1rj vr,ar,enr,ly from
the CONTPACTOR'~. rot.?i cr -n;at,inn, t ?,'rah. 1ive,l ir, the following
schedule, not 85 d hrr; 7 l''attlt', `n ! ?nr,ti ir,rh fcr c 1
}de i evens e
for engineP_ring cup ^r'Vrj_'.i nr~• it rrr•i, `i(l~~ 111 t'1 tI,r, ()~F -
our1~ ""'rct,nt of :J(~idated
Of C,rtrac` - a"79 es Per C°a~!
S 100,000 or 1t7 cii^,",
? no ,OO) to 500 '000 1 "l
1,000,001 t0
?_,~On,!10!1 NCO
Over
1 f3
iu-l5-ii
r:l (•r;l! nr}Y~ ` i
i
5.01 QUAIITI%I£5 i ,I, As! `Ii.I'I~i15. i;o cxtr: or rusfor~;lrv rir,asurements of any
kin~rill be alin,red, 'hut the actual measurOd and/or r0-puted length, area,
solid contents, nu-ber and .:eight only shill he cons id(,rod, unless otherwiso
specifically I)rnvilf-d•
5.02 FSTIi'ATi it Q'i,1'1TlTIFS. This agreen>ent. including thr spe(:ifications,
plans and es` -ate, i intended to shc,:r clcrrly al l w~ O I.n hn rlore anal raterial
to be furnish( er'Clind~r'. ~lher0 tire estii,lated gllantltl, arc, cIIC".'.n for the
various classes of uor{• to I1e done and material to bn furlrisi:ed undcr this,
contract, they are apornx1rn,1te and are to be used only c?~ haS15 for Cctllrlatlng
the probable cost of the .~ork and for comparing the pr-opns,ils offer,-,' for the
work It is understood and agreed that the actual ariount of work to be done and
material to be fUrni hed under this contract may differ sMnlihat fror!l these esti-
mates, and that s-lhere the i»~,is for payment under this contract is the unit price
method, payment shall bo for the actual amount of such wnrk clone and the r aterial
furnished.
Where payment is based on the unit price method, the COURACTOR agrees that hr.
will maize no claim for dar,ages, anticipated profits or othervAse on account of
any diffcrcnces whicr may re found betr•;ecn the quantitir's of l)O, actu)lly done,
thn_ raterial actU„".., furnished under this contract and the e,tirallc- , ua~,tities
contemplated and containers in the proposal; provided, holx,,lor, that, in case the
actual gtrv`,7ty pr ari`i "''1" chculd hecmm~ as lhlfch l,; %Il ore than, of c0
less than thn estlr'',itrd 1 icntr!~-,Ioted 'Iuantity fo1' Such iI film eitl'nr
party to this i'or7.'r rI. u;..cn dr ~nd, shall be nntiti,-,d to rrviFnJ corn5id2ration
upon the portion of tilt llnrl_ ahnv, or hnlow, 7'5' of the i;Stil Oled gairtity.
A , q,r
(31 or Itel c Ir rl n 1-!j n
t)o any individuII id itoa, ncr.lrrod in the
prop OSaI that h'-1 of 1 l~~St ! 1 uf1 Ic oi, LC1t~`1 n Ii,i I~''r milt I]f
the tot"1 Contr'i,r., •.1 . t' „r tilt, l"i,iG trf ~Itr' f)rrl;'i~cal ?Ilntitirx anti
the tontraC` N'11' rl
Any r'eviscd ccnsidr,r',,t3ilr1 is 4,) Ir? determirod h; a~;reeGlent 11etween 'fie parties,
others:is, by thn tcrr- rf t1ii5 '~,lreee~~nt, a; i)r.,OdP1 unrinr T.xtra 1Inr4:
5.03 PRICF ff lF? 'n con i,loration of the fur0shinq of ,111 the necessary
labor, equipment 1rW 11~-itrr';11 , Ind t1i,e ~,or'irloticn of ill Bork by the CONTRACTOR,,
and on the eor'lnlo": i,i 0 t,nr' and Of the d„llver/ r)f all -66 fgrial nmt]r :C°d
in this `ontr-act in fu11 nfm'rity „ills the snccrfi_ntion; and stir!rlition
herein cortaingd, i'.' Iror to ivo" 'r;n CI-I!1 FlP "Ili, (r forth
in fhn F~1 (110:,11 4:err:-±r~i'l`il nri, Lill Cf1 1] l-, It~nf,.',jllro 1!`t. r.?Ct.
Thr? CONTrALlvF hr-'ri,: ri0r^ to Yt~c'!iy( SUCfI pl'lIn fll~l ftlr'':r'ShTn.1 dll
material and 11 IaIrr r ir,>d for 01, afore^,fld work. al;o fir all rxnrnse
incurred i,y hirr, an,i for 1 Lind truly p,rfnrmirr1 thrn c,oprn arrl th^ oi,ile
thereof in the r°aru,nr grin -r-rordirin to t!rir i'rarrr,,lnnt.
5,04 PARTIAL_f17 S. or',r•''0re the 10th d-iv of each month, the CONTRACTOR
$Tlall prepares an,: ~ "lit tit t~14? L~Ii~IF.E for Irnrov-ll n' r'ndificeticn a state-
ment sho;iind as as pratlir,`~l tli,e total vrll,v_ of the work done by
the CONIPAU R un to ,111d ircludinq Nl,~ lest day of the IlrecndHq rionth; said
statement shall al: n include the Valli,? of all sound rlaterials delivered on the
site of the work 0),it •v,? `o he fabricatod into the Mori:.
19
In-•1F-71
The OWNER shall then pay the COIJTPACTOI? on or before the 15th day of the current
month the total amount of the approved stateIent, less 10 per cent of the amount
ther uhf, which 10 ver cent shall be retained until final pave-,ent, and further
less ail previous payments and all further suns that may be retained by the
01W;EP, Ll"I'er the ter71s of this Ar,reerlent. It is understood, h^,revr>r, that in
case th e s 1~ ole h•rork the near to completion and some unexprcted an unusual delay
occurs du,, to no fault or neglect on the pert of the CO'JPA' T2P•, the NvIEC may -
upon rrrittnn recr~-,rendation of the EIJJA~J EI'. - pay th reaserhal-le and equitable
portic, cl' ti retained Jlerientage to the CONTI'ror the CO`!I!?f,CTOi? at the
OWNER optitn, ra." t•e relic~-J of the eMigation to full; complete thc' hhurk,
and, tuk-l-rPon, the COIJiP.A TO'? shall receive Payment of the balance due ihiri
under th contract subject only to the conc~?itions stated under "Final Payment"
5.05 USE OF COMPLETED POi?TIO'JS. The OWNER shall havF the right to take pos-
sess,on of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the work,
notwithstanding the tine for completing the entire work: or such portions may
not have erpired but such taLira possession and use shall not be deemed an ac-
ceptance o` any work not completed in accordance with tFe Contract Documents.
If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the vcrk, the CONTPACTOR
shall be entitled to such extra compensation, or extonsion of tirhe, or both,
as the ENSIiJFEP r,ay deter•r ire.
The CONTRACTOR shall notify the E~h~~~liJEEP when, in the CDfJTRACTOR'S opinion, the
contract is "substantially completed" and hrhen so notifying the E1JC,11,1FLR, the
CONTPACTOR shall flrrnish to the E'J,V, cEF' in trritinq a detailed list of unfinished
work. The EiiGI'JEEF ,ill r~,vie_,r the 0'ITFIICTOR'S list of unfinished hrlrk. and will
add thereto such items as :rho CCr'1TPfCTOR has failed to irclude. The "su?)stantiai
completion" of the structure or facility shall not oxcusc the CONTRr CTO`? from
performing all of tie r•rork. u-.dc•rtaren, whether of a riirhnr ~rrr rhaior n,htr.,r•e, and
thereby (7071pletlnC 'SIP Str'LJC'A'r' or faciliLv in accJrdarclo oitlh thc- Contract
Doc ur en is .
5.06 FlWL CO'1PLETIO'J ~"JU 1fCLPI?"JCL. Within ter, (1^) divs after the N0" TRACTOR
has given ti .e E'~GIEJC hrr i ttcn rhotice that the vori: has hcen coripletnd, or sub-
stantially eo:7kpleted, tho I'J':~I'JiEe' and the 011'lER shall insG;oct th-, work and within
said time, if the work be found to he completed or, substantially completed in ac-
cordance with the Contract Docur;ents, the E%IJINLER shall issuQ to the 01d ER and
the CONTRACTOR his Certificate of Completion, and then LT011 it shall he the deity
of the O'rdP:EP within ten (Yi) .'al,;s to issue a Certificate of Acceptance of ,he
work to the C017P,rC10P, or I,2 idvlse the COiJP'%CTT' In V,ririrr: !)f th,2 r''!,~jOn for
non-acceDtance.
5.07 FINAL PAMENT. upon tl:e issuance of the Certificate of Cr"rpie:ion,, the
E;IG[fIEEP s~la?1 proceed to rya}e final r^easurerents and prr,pare fin•hl statement of
the value of all work perfor-od and materials furnished Urdnr the terns of the
Agreement and shall cnrtify s-nhe to the OI~~JER, who shall pay to the CU(JTRACTOR
on or after the 30th dav, arcl b^fore the 350 day, after the date of the Certi-
ficate of Completion, the balance due tha CC1111ACTOR under tJh~, terms of this
Agreement, provided he has filly performed his contractual obligations under the
terms of this contract; and raid payment shall become dun in any event upon said
performance by the CONTfACTO'. ?Jeithinr the Certificate of Acceptance nor the
final payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents, shall relieve the
CONTRACTOR of the o'.licatiun for fulfillment of any warranty which r.ay be required.
1.-i.-rl
5.08 PAY %E'i1S 4IfELL ?'he OnNER gay, on account of subsequently dis-
covered evidence, riifhhold or nullif,v the ..,hole or Part of anv certificate
to such ex`::rt ,I-, ray ',e r,~~cessary to proter-t himself fro,n 1c~s on account
of:
(a) Defective ,,,ork not re:-tidied.
(b) C aims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing
of Clair-s.
(c) Failure of the CONTRACTOR to make payments properly to sub-
contractors or for material or labor.
(d) Da-age to another contractor.
(e) Reasonable doubt that the work., can be completed for the unpaid
4alance of the contract a-ount.
(f) =easonable indication that the work will not be completed within
the contract tire.
When the above grounds are re^oved or the CONTRACTOR provides a Sur)ty Bond
satisfactory to the ,;hich r.rill protect the N-:NER in the amount with-
held, pay-ent shall be radu, for a,our.ts withheld because cf them.
5.09 DELAYED ppti"~~iTS. Sr,o~ld the fail to cake pay'7ent to the CON-
TRACTO4 of t`e sir- nd~-rid it ar~y partial or final staterent, s:hen pa}rroent
is due, t"cr- the ","i<<I simil to CO'iTPACTOF;, in a~'dition to th,e sum
shown as by s"rch 0-1trc11`, ir~tcrest thereon at the rate of si- (6) per
cent per rx!, unless rt,rer;,sc spoJflred, frori date due -rs provided under
"Partial pjy•e;t. anal "f inLil Pavl'ents'', until f;,illy paid, which Shall fully
liquidate ary injury ;n thr_ ~,)'r;~ltC'C= rarowing out of such delay in payr:ent,
but the rinht is e~•pressly reserved to the COVPACTOR in the event pay-,ents
be not pro-:)tiy made. os i o.ridrd under "Partial Pay,~ertsto at any time
thereafter treat. t~sn cnntr--r t as abandoned by the and recover com-
pensation, as prm;i~c~~ ,r,d`, ` andon-ent of Cortr-act", !;nI,,ss such payments
are withheld it 141!i the O'ov;,ions of "Paw'°en~~ '::rthheld'.
6.01 UA%G O"D'kS: invalidatin3 this Agrr_e-cnt, the O''XIER pray,
at any ti-•e or fro tiro to tire, order additions, deletions or revision
to the work. such chdnnes rill be a~i`,orized by Change Order to be prepared
by the ENGIP: EB for exe~ati~;rby the 10'NFR and the CFj'~TRf,TOP,. The Change
Order shall set forth thr: [,Isis for any change in contract price, as here-
inafter, set forth fog- Extra ','orb,, and any ckange in contract tine which may
result fro- the ch;~;rr;F?.
In the event the t`0'lTVCNP shall refase to eyecute a Change Order which has
been prepared by the E%GMI 1 R and er.eci,ted by the 0'4NER, the ENGINEER may
~l
lO 1~ ;1
in t,n•iting instruct the CO'flR, CiOR to proceed with the tuork as set f~th
in the Change order ani the LO"iTPACTOR •,3y nakrr cI ii!r! arjains t the
`Or Cxtra inV01'ii=~i th?r4111, is 1 r, re 1113f'er' ~I'OVIt',,rl
i,.02 i•1Iii0' Cr{11tIGE>: The I- Ci,"rr ~jI hori:o ri4fior c1,,,r-!~~s ire t'ne work
r7t iricorsisI rlt 'r:ith tlo^ ovc,rlI irt~.r'nt of '_Ilr." ~nnt+',1Ct (r.U"^{11ts ar,d
rot ini'nlv1r3 an inci't,i - e in lontract Pr'i:-n. If tlrc' Cl•I.1i'' f[„':', ',,Iic-,es
that any rift}')r Chan-le 01• aIte;-ajt rl aJthr!r'iZC,I by the 'tf"itl "'.U1teS
Extra ;'rrk end entities hH to ?r1 increase ii 1~1e Contract e, the
COWRAC10U s)all may. - writt^n rr~auest to tie E'GIrIE1P fora written Field
llyd2r
In such case, the CO"!TRACTOR by CODY Of his c011:•Luniration to the ENGINEER
or othenrise in writing shall advise the 0'„'iE!' of his request to the E16INEER
for a trritten Field Order and that, the work. involved !,'ay result in an increase
in the Contract Price.
Any request by the CO'TPMOR for a change in contract Price shall be made
prior to be,iinning the t•,ork covered by the oropnser` chan-Q.
6.03 EXTRA 1,09K. It is agreed that, the basis r)f coe,oensation to the CON-
7RiiCT Rfor ti,~ork either added or deleted by a Change ;'rder or for v.hich
a claim for Fxtra Vori; is made shall be deter'liried by one o,• more of the
following methods:
I'ethod By agreed unit prices; or
'lethod (a) - Py airc(-ri' ]u-h sutu or
Yethod lf.) - If reithr!' f,flnr' i'l) ne)r 11,,fj• ld i'
( } ~e aalecd upon before
the '.r t.ra {frl lls lo 'ren irlF '_T sha11 be
paid the field cost of the wore,, plus fifteen (15)
per Cent.
In the event said Extra '„ork be performed and paid for under f'ethod (C), then
the provisions of this para7raph ~h-lil apply and the 'artual field (ost" is
hereby defined to inciude the cost to the 0 'iTP°,.CTOP. of a'l v,nr such
as foreman, tlr r;nrir; rnr-haniCs -n,i Icnbrrr''C, Arid ^',ltori,i ~r
I ;J71111i ,
tea?1s, trurL!s, r•f?ntiIs o r''alhinarJ o iirl `o 1' r?il'•
e;"p10y°d Or used On SUCK ;.rt?a Cllu; %r,th 'Y,lrn'P(!rt;' f1
necessarily lncurr('d, t0^.ethr w` al . orf;rer. `IrF ] , ltrr r'' , r',S c `er and
similar operatin7 Cx;;ien^e„ el';r ill rr?rrv~,?-v inn'er`
nr erred
directlr on a:count of sucl F)t•a h'n,1 ancl!Mir,t -nci,,l ~,r r! it.y, f,lri in
Renefit,; ind other p,i,roll ta;^ -,,,i, a ,-:f ore, on
Perfoo'm~n,e ~,rid ['ay:'"nt L'rrnus cll j,I " 1rltCrl,lll_r ';r,nd,;. hltbllr I iibilit~ !nd
Propert' ~i",one Pile[ Yorkt en's r,-, r;nnsation. ,1+1I Ml oth~- 'n.sllrarr:. ~i -ay
bo rrntlirr l tiy anV logo ow' rr"Ullldn';r', g+,' Illinrtn I hry th ` 0, tY thel
anr'f,rd to. Thr FNGI~~ dil-r- tl'4 In l,IliCh ~rrir„n, ',ri of the 'actual
f,gId cost" shall be I:eot a,rd t'. rernrds of shall be rude
available to the F.~1GI1lE The or ray alto sp_cify in writing,
P. 2
before the 1,ork cociirences, tl~e n'ethod of doino the 'gory and the type and
kind of r,.achinery and eduip-'ent to he r+]ed; other,;ise t erg ratters shall
be '~e>'.+?r!IinCi:; b/ <<;e tnr~, 'l1['SG ilr.~'el''.'1 r? irweed rr,,Jn, the prices
for the IJst? r]` ",3Cfllnr I Yi;ltjl nrlt .hat j,n 1'~1~I'11rCd `,v iJSinc 1
per cent, Lin Irss Utriei,ll r' •p^.rlfi' Of th e T 1 t ± I
; . s n rr I! rlv c, ~auip^•ent
Oi4ner'$i110 Eyr.r_n~f? rZrirpi i{ rVrn t i.~t(oE :.r,r n.r.. n h
' 1"> C i !'1 Ca.
~'ihere praCtl C:1 r)1^ r.l',e t.`! i•11,! r)rir^. X01 irln tic fi (t! ITir r „r tTRd e43;1i11-
ment ;hall h.. inrnrppr,Ttc' in th', ;'rit.tr_n ::.tr.T r~r. - fifteen
(15 ~ per cent Of the J". 131 finl.l co t frl tip, rr,•'p'r;I0R S~lr?11
COYer and cc'"o°_nCatr? hilr ."Ir OS nr'C`lt, lT1'C!'f;C,l r r,1 .'~iF_I'1ntCnCG?Ce
and field O`ir_r aod x111 Ctr',cr' cle'rnts 'r+ crag' and c,pense not
embraced within the actin i fir.,ld r~ t. as hr_r'Cin -c+ •r,r,,J, Lave that v,,here
the CONIPAC10" Cnr,rn ol• f in, ttirr, ";C t. to I ;r-,rn.i Dri"'dr11y on ac-
count of such ~~tr~l fC s ~••rn `'ln Lf1Ct ♦0 lr
+',r. • I)_I r1tf the S
sh C~nn
al 1 hn . in„E~c
No claim for EP Ira any ;ird i11 hr P1unler s ordered in
writing by the 7-%G1 1.17F Ir :r~_e n,r ''r'rlr S nr'.ru(-,t.ir)ns, either oral
or 1'!r-i16 ton. epp, e. r tc' r'
C' I,'n r.), i:r~ `rlr 11hiCh ;.,e
sho'j 1d receive cr)- pPri a} c ,1
0 `''rlr,tir n tire, he
shall rraie t rr r.' 't. try .,r -~,'t~.❑ !.tn, :uthori;in
Sucn Extra i "Cr r1r tri l,hat does 'or
does not con>titrrtr
and thL
F. C i the
~;11fi LR nj]jts Iran ~ '~(,r `Fir r - ..i ' l
the i.erR a1^ter r 1 nr'n^eed frith
akir[:, 1rr ar + shall keen an
accurate account cr r i r
Nethod (I,) ';,lo r 11~ rr""'lend urder•
Q Submit the
fr'atter of r:, r. •'il
6.0 TI'S n, r
, i ,;'rties ; ereto
that ai 1 qucst10 ('f shall b,1 in llrltina anti tiir?1 liis thirty '(3)) days
aftii r tf'e rrl~rlf~~,'? i1bS 11%r.:rl .,ny rs„ r,rdr. -r ir, - truction t o
the "RLi.70R 'JCS 1rt ^ to ',c • hich
r,. E~ ,hall reply i•rithin
thir (30j days to such riIt ten ev n}nr, r 704 and render
his `inal decisicn in „ri ir', ;tould <apoeal from
the ENGU*UD'_~ dr~rislor n,~r'i rtr'at ;r.?li tin tiled pith
the
J . rl . (j.. l r • i . l rr T r' t r.. ' ^i ' i
t
of d~11 1r r y to 'e date
is further
agrCCd th.it t i , a ,
by t e (Q 1 r 0t r. . r . t.a Ce
either rVirty, C.rr~,f rr rr' ci J', ar' i, ark Alit; b~
i_''~ ,i°frarr OCU erlis.
6.05 7)PTTP Ii iii'' ;11 Vii, .•;t '150 +
subittc- f `(r ar i !a ti n 1 shall be
t j the ~;i,pi.ite. The
parties ~~a 1-,1 n^ ~+nr rl thrce, one
na,^tc'. in tt, r i t l n, `r i 1 r f 1
i t..o arbiter
selected; f)I' if t I .i,,i tr S SO
he Sha I I be chns!-n hY it, N ito4rt r 1 ten !10) days,
t rrrt in oh ich the major
portion of the project is located, unless otheraiise specified. Should the
party derianding arbitration fail to name an arbiter within ten (10) days
of the de-and, his right to ar'litrate shall lapse, and the ;incision of the
~ll61NEER shall Le final and biriing nn hi~r1. Fhould the other party fail
to choose all arbiter %Jthin tern (10) days. the PlCINEE~, shall appoint such
arl)iter. Should rithrr party refuse qr neglect to Supply the arbiters }kith
n1111 pavers or irfrir.atir'n rie~ariir_d in +rritinn, the arbiters are c,po,rered
by hoth parties to t,i',e e•: party proccedinns.
The arbiters shall act with oro°ptness. The decision of any two shall be
binding on hoth parties to tF,e contract. The decision of the arbiters upon
any question submitted to arbitr'atiola under this contract shall he a condition
precedent to any right of lc,.,ial action. The decision of the arbiter or
arbiters ray be filed in court to curry it into effort.
The arbiters, if they deer the case derlands it. are (authorized to a,rard the
party }'hose contention is sustained, such sums as they Oner proper for the
tire, expense and trnuble incii'ent to the aprral, arjr1 if the appeal alas taken
without reasonable causn, the; v P,,-,lard i!1 0Cles `nr "r ',r delay ocrasioned
thereby. The arbiters sh111 '.hc,ir• o;n ,(In^ns,unless other,risq
provided by ilgrCef"ent, aRCI chap dSGncC ;I:n (,nct r'nil illlrrn5 Of the arbitra-
tion upon either or both ~~t.a lrC, ill lyd n' tl,,n arbl`r?rS -ust l?e Find:?
In wriTira.
f.
7.01 AB4"+D0';,tE'!T FY C~':TGr C 1n case the i r00. should abandon
and fail or refuse to >rithir, tn1, (10) ,i,}vs aftr,r Itritten notifi -
cation fro" the `ails t0 Cp,.Oly
}'11tH the ordc'1 of l nil r.l tent with thn
Contract Pocu-cntS, 'lilt. " ~~n 11n1 r :C!, 0.F, ,.Q r,
bonds exist, the ;tiro' i"; on t!r r'nd; '.hr ?1l :I^ notified In arr'itirirl and
directed to cor~plet^ iiid o rorv of soir1 ro'ice shall be delivered
to the COWPACTOR.
After receiving said rotir,e of ibandom°ent the CO'JRACTp? shall not re-love
frw the iron' any rarhirer-y, equiprient, tonls, Iraterials or supplies then
on the lob, lwt the s.'n, to^et~'er 1'lith any ,aterials rauip' ? r t un er
contract for the ray be ^e id fnr use on tre }-;nrk by the or the
SurCty 0!1 t!10 Il rfOr.. l rr';! nr- tho' rr)'Zt l"?r tOl' In CCr..plr-*in,. roc al,r+
work; and Shallrn` r-rrrnr, sinV rrnt,Rl yr Cdlt t Cr~`nr'
(exCeot }'rhCn usrrl 1n Cr"n(C(,t tfl~er'e rrerll` sha11 1y
allOwed as pICJ'1'1l?d fir l11}d?r~rlrti n 1.%.tr'a OrG' a d ` lalrl5~. it i:lnq
tin de rstood that 'he a of ch q.,ip^r,nt. aril raterirlls will ulti ,ately
reduce the cn:t, to co.,le'n the .,m-p and he reflerte,! in thi final settle-
rent.
lthere there is no perfor-ance bond provided or in case the Surety should
fail to Cor1111ence co-rplianro notice .,)r eo"'pletion hereinbefore
24
10-15-71
provided for, O t'rin ten ,'l(l) days after service of such notice, then the
OWNER fray provide for coroietion of the work in either of the following
elective rann,?rs:
7.012_1 The O',I1;ER iiay thn-rcupon e-ploy such force of r,;en and use such
machinery, equin'~mt, tools, materials and supplies as said r^ay dee^
necessary to co--:fete t'-:e ~::o6 and charge the erpense of such laLor, rrachirery,
equip-ent, tools, materials and supplies to said CO~J PACTO~, and expense so
charged shall he deducte~t and r)aid by the O',.IER out of such moneys as r•ay
be due, or that may then=:after at an_v tire, becare due to the COWIPACTOR under
and by virtue of this ACree-ent. In case such e,'perse is less than the su-r
which would have been payable under this contract, if the sane had been
completed by the CONTRAC-QC , then said CO','TPACTOR shall receive the difference.
In case such expense is ireater than the su°+v:hich would have been payable
under this contract, if t^e sare had been completed by said CO'JRP")CTOR, then
the CONTRACTOR and/or his Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the
OWNER; or
7.01.2 The under se3lcd bids, after five (5) days notice published
one or more tip-es in a ne.:sp=,per havir; ueneral circulation in the county of
the location of the ray let the cortract for the completion of the
work under substantialll: trc sane tcrirs and conditions which are provided
in this contract. In c;se any increase in cost to tl,eunder the new
contract as co-pared to ••hrt +rouid have been the cost under this contract,
such increase shall be ch-raed to the lO'+T='al:TO' and the Surety shall be
and remain bound therelo-. ~'a,rever, should the cost to co'^"plete any suc''
new contract prove to lees `han shat, ,,ould have h,een t~~e cost to cu-.1lete
under this contract, tr-O Jlnl'j and/n^i^ Cu!'r±~' shall t-e Cr'ed?te~i
there,J7 th.
When the wort: shall have bean substantially co,lpleted the COr~TPACTOP and
his Surety shall he so nEntified or,! Certificates of Co-pietion and Acceptance,
as provided in 7aragrapl, ;.G hereinabove, shall be issued. A complete
itemized statco,ent of ti,e contract accounts, certified to by the
as being correct. shall t'ncn be prepared and deliverer] tr) the COVPF CTOR
and his Surety. +~hereuoon the Cq'i;PA,TrjR and/or his Surety, or the O'.^iER
as the case r,ay t,e, shall p,iy the balance due as reflected by said state-
ment, withir '•"t^en 11 , iftcr^ tl,,n date of such Certificate of
Coripl eti on.
In the event the state~rent of accounts shows that the cost to co-plete th
work is less than that would have been the cost to the had t~~e
work been completed by t-e :0'JPf1TOP under the teri-s of this contract; Cr
when the CONTP,ACTOR and!nr ''is Surety shall pay the balance sho~,.:n to br, due
by the•'I to the then ill machinery, eq+:innent, tools, '.'aterials 0^
supplies left on t'ie site of the -•rork shall be Virned over to the CC'i-'P,0,7OR
and/or his Surety, Should the cos: to c0, plr ""tn the +•rork exceed the contract
price, and the ('1M1Df,.'.7 , ,?n;/nr hi: :',urety froil to niv th^ amount due Vie
OWNER within the tirn ~!n:i-na`ed hereinabn.e, and there rer,ains any ^achinery,
equipr,ent, tools, rater'ials nr supplies on the site of the work, notice
2r~
thereof, tocether ;;ith 3n itel-iled list of such equipment and materials,
shall be mailed to the C' '':TRACTOR and his Surety at the respective addresses
d,isignated in this ror' .t., provided, ho;rev?r, that ,irtual ;mitten notice
liven in any '-inn°" F'i I dt1S~'J this Condltlcn. Porter ! aillnn, Or Other
uiviag of Such notice, s,:ch property shall be held at the risk of the Cr"i-
,,.T0,4 and his _urety s,`'je'.t unly to the dirty ) +r,e ~'','r;Frn to n~.erCise
ordinary r_,are to pr•o',,.. -~rc~l property. After' fifteen i15) days f,.o., the
date of said notice the 7,;'JER r,ay sell such :-•achinery, equipn'ent, tools,
aterials or supplies and apply the net su~,I derived fro- such srlle to the
credit of the )';TP~,CTn ar,d his surety. S9ch sale ray to~ade at either
public or private sale, '.;ith or without notice, as the n;;"IEF'. r°ay elect.
The O,dNER shall release any machinery, equip~~ent, tools, raterials, or
supplies, which rv,ain on the work, and belong to persons other than the
C0'iTRaCTOR or his ure,ty, to their proper 01-rrlers. 'he books on all orerla-
tinns provided h.ereia small be open to the CO'i7:)L,CTO? and h.is .urety.
7.02 ABANDO°1''ENT BY O',,',ER. In case the Ole'NER shall fail to comply with
the terms of this c onLract, and should fail cr ref,rse to Co-ply vrith said
terms within ten (10) davs after written notification by the CO'JCACTOR,
then the CT,'TRT',' TOR r-ay suspend or r•.hol ly abandon the prk, and ~'ay re-ove
therefrom all machinery, tools and equiprrent, and all materials on thn
site of v,ork that have nn`- beer. included in pay~,rents to the CO'OTP;CTrD
and have not beer. ~,,rought into the t-.ork. r"nd thereupon the r'GI'.E al i
rake an estimate of the total a~,louilt earned by the ~,hich e,ti-
r,ato shall include the value of all '.;ork actually co olnted ~v said
C0%TR4CT0R (at the price= s'ate~ in the attached Pror)r);;1 ~.,he"n grit {;rites
are used), the value of all p_rrtial1y r_orrpieto d work 311 a fair arJ eouit.3bl~
price, and the a--punt of ill i xtra ';,ork pet`cr.ed of the prices aaree'i uoc-.
or provided for iy the tcr., of 'rlic Contract. are
the Best Of anj groy1~1015 P,(}r Icy L.',_rlJ tp CIYt"y 'fir le '.rpr
to co'.pletlon -rd 1'~r.ot ;;C' titilize"l. The Sh.11 rhnn Gn
a final stdlte e"t of iV'e^ ;-lanr(. 6w the 171,,"'.177:D Ilv ~r~d•lr~fjn'r'~ln ~hn
above estil ate ill Pay t nts by the, ri' E and al I Gthrw su'S !h,~t
may be retained by the under the tar's of this a",_rlrner^en*, and shall
rr'rtify sa','.e to the rn ill nay to thn f~'~'p!'.r,lll^ nn or heforn
thirty (30) days after of tl3e notificatinn by the ?'ITR ~'T0~% the
balance shown `,v said ` ;;tats-ent as due the Cr~`~ll?r,r-Trl?, order the terof this Aare "c t.
25
l~ 1.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION I
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
SECTION I - GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
ITEM 100 CENERALJ~%_ZUIRFMENTS
A. General: This section of the specifications contains detail specifica-
tions and descriptions covering the major items of construction and workman-
ship necessary for building and completing the various units or elements of
the project. The speciffcations are intended to be so written that only
first class workmanship and finish of the best grade and quality will result.
Barley meeting the very minimum requirements will not be considered as satis-
factory. The fact that these specifications may fail to be so complete as to
cover all details will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for
providing a completed project of high quality, first class finish and appear-
ance and satisfactory for operation.
B. Materials: The specifications for materials set out the minimum standard I
of quality which the Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory pro-
ject. No substitutions will be permitted until the Contractor has received
written permission of the Engineer to make a substitution for the material
which has been specified.
Idhere the term "or equal", "or approved equal", is used it is understood
that if a material, product, or piece of equipment bearing the name so used
is furnished it will be approvable, as the particular trade name was used for
the purpose of establishing a standard of quality acceptable to the Owner.
If a product of any other name is proposed for use, the Engineer's approval
thereof must be obtained before the proposed substitute is procured by the
Contractor. h'herever the term "or equal" is used it is understood to mean
"or approved equal."
C. Final Testing and Oration: Prior to presentation for final acceptance
of the work under this contract, the Contractor shall have started and operated
all units of the plant for a sufficient ducation of time to permit the Engineer
to observe overall performance and individual performance of the respective
units and equipment. Such operation shall be properly coordinated with the
Owner's operating personnel.
D. Sanitation and Clean U2: During construction, the Contractor shall main-
tain the premises in an orderly, neat, and presentable condition. Scraps and
debris shall not be left scattered around but shall be assembled at one place.
When construction under the Contract has been otherwise completed, ti:e Con-
tractor shall remove all left over construction materials, equipment, scraps,
debris and rubbish, and leave the site in a neat, well i:ept appearance.
To provide good sanitary conditions during construction, the Contractor shall
provide adequate sanitary facilities for the workmen, aad Contractor shall not
permit any unsanitary practices to continue which would prove objectionable
to surrounding property owners.
100-1
At the completion of the work, all buildings and structures shall be broom
clean. Ile shall clean f.'ie walls of all hydraulic structures of dirt, stains,
or other material and pfpc> shall be left free of any and all foreign material.
He shall remove all marks. stains, dirt and soil from all finished surfaces and
shall thoroughly clean all floors, clean and polish all finished hardware and
other such devices.
E. Disinfection: After completion of the work the Contractor shall disinfect
the various basins, conduits, etc., prior to their being placed in service.
They shall be thoroughly washed with lime water (or other suitable material)
and then filled with chlorinated water in which the residual shall be maintained
at not less than 20 ppm for 24 hours. The Contractor shall furnish all materials,
labor, etc., for disinfect:.ng.
END OF ITEM
100-2
ITIM W. 101 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING AND TOPSOIL SURFACING
A. Clearing and_Grubbing: Clearing shall consist of removal and disposal
of all trees, stumps, brush, logs, down timber, roots, rubbish, vegetation
and other objectionable matter from the construction site except in those
areas shown on the Plans or directed by the Engineer not to be distur)ed.
The sites of structures and other areas to be excavated and filled shall be
cleared and grubbed.
Grubbing of roots and stumps will be required to a depth of one (1') foot
below the finish grade of structural excavations, and to a depth of one (1')
foot below the ground surface after the top soil has been removed in areas
to receive embankment.
All cleared and grubbed material shall be disposed of in a manner satisfactory
to the Engineer.
NOU.: The Contractor will be expected to protect the trees outside the irr.-
mediate work area.
B. Salvaging and Re'lacing Topsoil: Salvaging and replacing topsoil shall
consist of salvaging and stockpiling the organic weathered topsoil and sub-
sequent placing on portions of the site not containing structures or other
items of construction. After clearing and grubbing has been completed and
before any grading has begun, the existing topsoil shall be moved from the
areas where excavation and embankment is to be constructed end shall be
stockpiled. Salvaged topsoil shall be cleaned of major root systems, weeds,
grass, brush, debris, or other objectionable material prior to spreading on
the areas to receive the topsoil.
Immediately prior to dumping and spreading the topsoil on any area, the surface
shall be loosened by disking or other means to a depth of at least two (2")
inches to facilitate bonding of topsoil to subgrade. On areas to receive
topsoil, the rough grading shall be accomplished so that when all suitable
topsoil is placed the grade shall be as established finish grade, smooth,
pleasing in appearance, and with no depressions capable of holding water.
Topsoil shall be dumped in separate piles and uniformly distributed by blade
grader or other suitable equipment. Topsoil shall not be placed when the
ground is frozen or excessively wet. Each layer or layers shall be compacted
to a density approximately that of undisturbed topsoil adjacent to the site.
C. Grading: All areas around the clear.iell, basins, and other structures,
which do not receive any type of paved surface, shall be graded and raked
smooth and even so that they will drain generally away from tl,u structures
toward the naturp.1 drainage course. All large clods of earth shall be
broken up and no rocks, trash or debris shall remain on or near the surface.
END 01' 1 "5M
101-1
ITEM NO. 102 - EARTHWORK
A. General: The Contractor shall perf.ono ail excavation and embankment as
may be nece.sary for tti_ construction to line and grade shoWI on 01. plans,
of all structures, roadways, utilities, and incidentals thereto. All exca-
vations shall be "unclassified". in making excavations, the Contractor shall
do all necessary shoring, bracing, sheeting, pumping and bailing. Where nec-
essary to determine the location of existing pipes, valves, or other inder-
ground structures, the Contractor, after a careful examination of vjazl.able
records, shall make all explorations and excavations for such purpose. 'temp-
orary support, adequate protection, and maintenance of all underground and
surface pipes, structures and other obstructions encountered in the progress
of the work ohall be furnished by the Contractor at his own expense.
B. Structural Excavation (General): Excavation shall extend a sufficient
distance from walls and footings to allow for forms, installation of services,
and for inspection, except where concrete for walls and footing is a•ithorized
or required to be deposited directly against excavated surfaces. Where the
excavation is made below the elevations indicated on the drawings or directed
by the Engineer through the fault of the Contractor, the excavation shall be
restored to the groper elevation with lean concrete or other selected material,
at the expense of the Contractor.
In order that the Engineer may judge the adequacy of the proposed foundation,
the Contractor, if requested, shall make soundings to determine the character
of the subgrade materials. The maximum depth of such soundings will not be
required to exceed five (5') feet below the proposed footing grade. It is
the intent of this provision that soundings shall be made at the time ~.hr
excavation in each foundation is approximately complete.
The final elevation to which a foundation is to be constructed shall be as
shown on the drawings or as raised or lowered by written order from the En-
gineer when such alterations are judged proper to satisfactorily comply with
the design requirements for the structure. Should it be found necessary to
increase the depth of footings from that shown on the drawings, the necessary
alterations in the details of the structure shall be accomplished in a
manner as directed by the Engineer, who shall havi the right to substitute
revised details if necessary.
When a structure is to rest on an excavated surface other than rock, special
care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of the excavation, and removal
of the last material required to reach foundation final grade shall not be
performed until just before the footing or slab is to be placed.
All rock or other hard foundation material shall be freed from all loose
material, cleaned, and cut to a firm surface either level, stepped, or
serrated, as directed by the Engineer. All seams shall be cleaned out and
filled with concrete at the time the footing is placed.
102-1
poll~
Excavatvi material required to be used for backfill may be deposited by
the Contr.ctor in storage piles at points convenient for rehandling the
material dar'_,tg the backfilling operations. The location of storage piles
shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer.
C. Trench Cxcavation: Trench excavation comprises excavation fol all water
lines, sewer lines, drain lines, miscellaneous lines, and appurtenances for
the various types of lines. All excavations shall be r.ade by open cut. Banks
of trenches shall be kept as nearly vertical as possible, and, if required,
shall be properly sheeted and braced. Trenches shall be not less than twelve
(12") inches not more than sixteen (16") inches wider than the outside diameter
of the pipe to be laid therein and shall be excavated true to line so that a
clear space not less than six (6") inches nor more than eight (8") inches in
width is provided on each side of th, pipe. Bell holes shall be excavated
to insure bell end pipe resting for its entire length on the bottom of the
trench. Excavation for manholes and other accessories shall be sufficient
to leave at least twelve (12") inches in the clear between the outer surfaces
and the excavation. Except at locations where rock excavation forms the bottoms
of the trenches, care shall be taken not to excavate below the required depths.
Where rock excavation is required, the rock shall be excavated a minimum over-
depth of four (4") inches and backfilled to the required elevation with loose,
moist earth, thoroughly tamped to the satisfaction c,,f the Engineer.
No pipe shall be laid In a trench in t`.e presence of water. All water shall
be removed from the trenches sufficiently ahead of the pipe placing operations
to insure a dry, firm bed on which to place the pi--pe, an(.` trench shall. con-
tinue to be de-i.atered until after the pipe has been placed and jointed. Re-
moval of water •kay be accomplished by bailing, pumping )r by other suitable
means.
D. Backfill for Structures: After cempletiot. 4 ,~undation footings and
walls and other construction below the elevatir••!•t,r the final grades, all
forms shall be removed and the excavation cleanti of any trash, debris or
other objectionable matter prior to back-filling. Material shall be placed
in layers approximately nine (9") inches in depth, properly moistened to
approximately optimum requirements, and each laver compacted by hand, machine
tampers, other suitable equipment t1 a dene't} co prevent excessive settlement
or shrinkage. Where pipes, walks, or other cc s:ruction is to be placed on
or in the backfilled material, the backfilli%<, Shall be done in a thorough
manner to preclude after-settlement. Backfil.ling shall be bro•Ight to a suit-
able elevation above natural ground or grade to provide for any anticipated
settlement and shrinkage of the structures to prevent any damage to these
structures. Contractor shall secure the approval of the Engineer prior to
placing backfill arolnd any of the structures. Contractor shall be respons-
ble for settlement, and shall restore surfaces should any settlement occur.
F. Backfill for Trenches: Backfill shall be carefully perforated to the
original grade, and the original surface restored to the satisfaction of the
Engineer, or to the bottom of footings or slabs where the trenches are under
102-2
construction. In pipe trenches, after pipes have been tested and approved,
backfill consisting of excavated materials, free from large clods or stone,,
or other objectionable material, shall be carefully deposited in layers
not to exceed -ix (b") inches in thickness on both sides of the pipe and
each layer thoroughly and carefully compacted until an elevation one (V)
foot above the top of the pipe leas been reached. The remainder of the
backfill nay be thrown in, moist_ned and thoroughly compacted by tamping,
rolling, or otherwise. Wherever the trenches have not been properly filled
or if settlement occurs, they shall be reft'.led, compacted, smoothed off
and finally made to conform to the surface of the ground.
Where the trenches are under roadways, pipes, walks, or other construction,
the backfill shall be as specified above except that the backfill from
one (1') foot above the top of the pipe tc grade, or bottom of pipe or
structure overlaying the trench, shall he deposited in layers not to exceed
nine (9") inches in thickness, moistene end compacted to a density equal
to or greater than that of the undistrutzd material. adjacent to the trench.
Where indicated on the plans, the backf'li in trenches shall be of lean
concrete.
F. Embankment: Pri.>~ to placing any embankment, all clearing, grubbing,
and strippinj operations shall be compL±ted and stump holes or other small
excavatioi; shall be backfilled with saleable material and thoroughly tamper:
Enbinkme-,c material shall not contain trees, stumps, routs, vegetation, largos
or frozen :imps, or ot'ier extraneous raterials. The surface of the ground,
includinE.plowed, loosened ground, o% surface roughened in any c13nner, slial.
be restired to its approximate origi+vil slope by blading or other methods,
and, wlpre required by tae Enginear, 'he ground slsrface thus prepared x1.111
be compacted by sprinkling and rc:l
The fill shall be conErructed in recessive horizontal layers which shall
not exceed ei,;t.t (S") inches in dr.Nth prior to compaction. Layers may be
formed by utilizing equipment which will spread the material as it is bel.1g
dumped, or tavy say be "armed by spreading from piles or windrows. Each
fill layer shell be unif.)m as to density and moisture content before be-
ginning compaction. No m<<terial shall be incorporated into the fill in the
fo-m of windrow or dump but shall be moved by blading or similar means.
Clods or lumps of material shall be broken and the fill material mixed by
blading, harrowing, or Similar nethods to the end that a uniform material of
uniform density is secure, in each layer. Water required for sprinkling
shall be evenly applied and it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor
to secure a uniform moisture :ontenL throughout e;ich layer by such methods
as nay be necessary. No rctkr larger than S" in any dimension shall be
left in the fill material.
Prior to atd in conjunction with the rolling operation, each layer shall be
brought to the moisture content necessary to obtain the required density and
sball be %,:pt levaled with suitable equipment to insure uniform compaction
102-3
I
over the entire layer. Compaction nay be obtained by a minimum of three
(3) passes with spreading and haul.inj-,, equipment.
Sites for disposal of excess earth, which shall be compacted as directed
above, are described in the Special Provisions section of these specifi-
cations. All costs of access roads, fence removal and replacement, hauling,
etc., shall be borne by the Contractor.
1 i"1 OF ITEM
1
1
102-4
i
;TE!4 103 - CONCRETE
A. Description
1. Scope: This item governs for the materials used; for the storing,
measuring, and handling of materials; and for the proportioning and mixing
of concrete for structures.
2. Composition: The concrete shrill to composed of concrete, fine aggre-
gate, coarse aggregate, water, and ;dmixtue es, properly proportioned and
mixed as hereinafter provided.
3. Governing Standards: Where references are made herein to specifi-
cations or tests as described in designations of the A.S.T.M., the designa-
tion, as amended to the date of receipt of bids on which the contract award
is made, shall govern.
B. t9atcrials: Cement for all structural concrete (3000 psi class) shall be
Chem Comp, an expansive, shrinkage compensating type cement, as manufactured
by Texas Industries, Inc., Arlington, Texas, conforming to the standards of
chemically Prestressed Concrete Cory-ration. under U.S. Patents #3,155,526,
and #3,251,701, or approved equal.
1. Cement: Cement, other than Chem Comp, shall be either Type I orp
if approved by the Engineer, Type III of a standard brand of rortland Cement
which shall conform to A.S.L.M. Specifications for Portland Cement, Desig-
i~ation C-150. If Type III (High Early Strength) cement is used, the average
:ensile strength of standard mortar briquets, made and tested in accordanr,e
with A.S.T.M. Method of Test for Tensile Strength of Hydraulic-Cea~ient Mor+.ars,,
Designation C-190, at age of ?8 days shall be pore than at age of 3 days.
All cement for ready-mixed concrete may be delivered in bulk. All
cement used in a central batching plant, unless specifically authorized
otherwise by the Engineer, shall be delivered in bags which shall be marked
plainly with the brand and name of manufacturer. Rejection for weight variation
and length of storage before use shall he based on A.S.T.M. Specifications for
cements noted above, and no cement will be accepted which has become caked.
2. Mixing Water:
a. General: Water for concrete shall be clean and free from injur-
ious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, salt, organic matter, or other deleterious
substances. Water suitable for drinking or for ordinary household use will
be sccepted for use without being test d.
b. Tests: When comparative tests are made with water ut known
satisfactory quality, any indication of unsoundness, marked chap;~ in the
time of set, or reduction of more than 'ive per cent in mortar r.trentth shall
be sufficient cause for rejection of wa or under test.
103-1
l
3. Coarse Aggregate:
a. Applicable Standards: Coarse aggregates shall conform to O e
Standard Specifications for Concrete Aggregates, ASFM Designation C-33.
b. Additional Requirements:
(1) Wear shall not exceed 40 percent when tested according to
ASTM Standard Method for Test for Abrasion of Coarse Aggregates by use of
the Los Angeles Machine, Designation C-131.
(2) Loss shall not exceed 13 percent by weight in five cycles
when tested for soundness in accordance with ASTM Method for Test Designa-
tion C-88, except as noted in ASTM Specification Designation C-33.
(3) The amount of deleterious substances shall not erce,d Rec-
ownended Permissible Limits as set forth in ASTM Specification Desi.,:(atiol
C-33, and "other deleterious substances" will not be allowed.
c. Maximum Size of Aggregate: The maximum size of aggregate shall
be not larger than one-fifth of the narrowest dimension between sides of the
forms of the member for which concrete is to be used, nor larger than three-
fourths of the minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars, nor more than
1-1/2" size as determined by ASTM standards.
4. Fine Ager~ egate:
a. Applicable Standards: Fine aggrecate s All conform to the Stand-
ard Specifications for Concrete Aggregate, ASTM ?)eF-" -cation C-33.
L. Additional Requirements:
(1) Loss shall not exceed ten per cent by weight in five cycles
when tested for soundness in accordance with ASTM Method for Test Designation
C-88 except as noted in ASPI Specification Designation C-33.
(2) The amount of deleterious substances shall not exceed Recom-
mended Permissible Limits as set forth in ASTM Specification Designation C-33
and "other delaterious substances" will not be allowed.
(3) The mortar, for test of fine aggregate, made and tested in
accoriar.ce with Standard Method of Test for Measuring Mortar-:Raking iroperties
of Fine Aggregate, ASTM Designation C-87, shall develop a compressive strength
of 7 and 28 days of not less than 100 per cent of that developed by the axw ar
specified in that method as the basis of comparison.
5. Concrete Admixtures:
(a) Water-Reducing and Set-Controlling Admixtures: All concrete of
103-2
i
of the 3000 psi class shall contain a water
reducing agent. This materia
1
shall be accurately measured and added to the m
- ix in arcordaace with the
manufacturer's recommendations for prevailing weather ind j b conditions.
Water red>>cing Admixture shall be Plastiment as manufacture i by Sika Chemical
Corporation. No reduction of cement content wx l be ..slowed bey :use of thi
additive. The
intent will be to increase s.orka.ility, and reduce the amount
of water required in the mix.
C. Storage Cement;
1. Facilities: Unless otherwise provided, all cement shall be stored
in well ventilated, weatherproof buildings w,:ich will protect tLe cement
from dam}zess. The floor supporting the cement shall clear the ground a
sufficient distance to prevent the absorption of moisture by the cement.
Provision for storage shall be ample, and the shiments of cement shall be
segregated in such a ❑vanner as to provide easy access for identification
and inspection of each shipment.
Uutside Storm: The Engineer may permit small iuantities of cement
to be stored in the open for a short period of time (max17um 48 hours) if
a raised platform and adequate waterproof covering are provided.
3. Records of Deliveries: The Contractor shall keep accu~'atc records
f the deliveries of cement and its use in the work. Copies of `'ese records
shall be supplied or made available to they Engineer.
4. Rejection: No cement shall be used whici; i,:G beer-e lumped c:r
caked.
D. 5tora~e _of Ask rega~.es: The handling ari storage of concrete aggregates
shall be such as to prevent the admixture of foreign materials. If the
aggregates are stored on the ground, the sites for t',:: stockpiles shall be
grubbed, cleared of weeds and grass, and leveled. The bottom layer of ag-
gregates shall not be disturbed or used without recleaning. idhen two or
r,3r, sizes or kinds of aggregates are being stockpiled they shall be kept
e.+iurate, and stockpiles of coarse aggr,>_,;ates shall be built up in horizontal
layers not more than three feet thick. Should segregation ^ccur, the aggre-
gates shall be remixed to conform to the grading requiremeits. Unless other-
wise authorized by the Engineer, all fine aggregate shall ;,c stockpiled at
least 24 hours to reduce free moisture content.
E. Measurement of Materials: The meausrement of materials used in batches
of concrete shall be by weight, except that water may be measured by volume
,hen authorized by the Engineer. The fine aggregate and coarse aggregate
::hr.ll be xeighed separately. Batch weighing of cement will not be required,
since a ful bag as hereinafter specified will be used as a basis ot measure-
ment. Allowance shall be made for the water content of moist aggregate.
103-3
atara
The quantities of material per batch shall be based upon using full bags
of cement. If an underweight shipment, as determined by methods set forth
in ASTM Specifications for cement already listed, is accepted, the Engineer
will adjust the concrete mix. The mix shall be adjusted to a net weight
per bag fixed by an average of all individual weights which are less than
the average weight determined from the total number weighed. Unless other-
wise authorized by the Engineer, cement shall be transported in bags, and
the bags shall be emptied at the site of the mixer, except for that cement
used in ready-mixed concrete.
F. Weighing and Measuring Equipment: The equipment shall be adequate to
permit weighing and mesuring of materials without delaying the production
of the mixer and to determine positively and control the actual amounts of
all materials entering into the concrete. The scales shall be kept in such
condition as to obtain batch weights of cement and aggregates to an accuracy
within one (1%) per cent.
G. Condition of Equipment: All equipment, tools, and machinery used for
hauling materials and performing any part of the work shall be maintained
in condition to £nsur,, completion of the work underway without excessive
delays for repairs or replacements.
H. Classification and Proportioning;
1. 'oasis cf Proportioning.: Proportioning of concrete materials in
each mix shall be based on maximum water-cement ratio and minimum strength
allowable within limits set on minimum cement content.
2. Class_£fication: The classes of concrete and the corresponding
requirements are as follows:
Min. 28-Day Min. Cement Max. Water slump
Compressive Bags Per Gals. Per Inches
Strength Cu. Yd_ Bag
5000 6.5 5.75 1-1/2 to 2
3000 5.5 6.25 4 to 6 (Chem Comp)
2500 5.0 6.75 1-112 to 3
1500 4.0 8.00 1 to 2-1/2
Lean Mix for Backfill 2.0 1-1/2 to 3
The maximum water content will be the amount added to the mixer, plus
the free water in the aggregate, and minus the absorption of the aggregate
based on a thirty-minute absorption period. No allowance will be made for
evaporation of water after batching. If additional water is required to obtain
the desired slump, a compensating amotmt of cement shall also be added. The
maximum water-cement ratio shall not be exceeded. No additional compensation
will be made for additional cement which may be used under this condition.
3. Consistency: In general the consistency of any mix shall be that re-
quired for the specific placing conditions and method of placement as deter-
mined by the Engineer within limits stated above. The concrete shall
103-4
be of such consistency that it can be worked readily into all corners and
around reinforcing without segregation or materials or having free water
collect an the surface. Compliance with specified slump limitations shall
not necessarily designate a satisfactory mix. The Engineer may require
changes in proporations at any time as necessary to obtain a mix having sat-
isfactory properties. The slump tests will be made by the Engineer in
accordance with ASTM Method of Slump Test for Consistency of Portland Cement
Concrete, Designation C-143, the slump mold being furnished by the Contractor.
4. Procedure in Design of Mixes:
a. General: The proportions of materials entering into the mix,
subject to limitations already stated, to produce concrete of satisfactory
quality, shall be determined by laboratory tests prior to beginning of
concrete placing. Concrete shall be designed in accordance with ACI Stand-
ard 613 "Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions for Concrete."
b. Trial Mixes: At least 35 days prior to the beginning of con-
crete placing, the Contractor shall submit samples of materials he proposes
to ust and a statement of proportions proposed for several concrete mixes,
having sufficient range in slump to cover all placing conditions. The En-
gineer will require that laboratory tests be made and such changes as may
be necessary to meet the requirements of the Specifications. Laboratory
tests on trial mixes shall show a 28-day strength 15 per cent higher than
the stated minimum 28-day strength. From these preliminasry tests, the
ratios between 7-6ay and 28-d..y strengths shall be established to determine
at 7 days the strengths necessary to satisfy the required 28-day strengths.
These ratios shall be modified as the work progresses as indicated by
result of tests on cylinders made from field mixed concrete.
c. Chan_&,es_in Mixes: If, during the progress of the work, it is
found impossible to secure concrete of required workability and strength
with the materials being furnished by the Contractor, the Engineer may order
changes in proportions or materials, or both, necessary to secure the desired
properties, subject to limitations already stated. The Contractor may not
make changes in materials, either gradation, source, or brand, or proportions
of the mixtures after their having once been approved except by specific
approval of the Engineer.
1. Quality of Concrete:
1. Field Tests: During the progress of the work, the Engineer will
cast test cylinders of the number he desires for testing to maintain a
check on the compressive strength of the concrete actually being placed.
The Contractor shall provide and maintain curing facilities, as required
in ASTM Method if Making and Curing Concrete Compression and Flexure Test
Specimen in the field, Designation C-31, for the purpose of curing concrete
test specimens. The cost of all materials and labor as required by the
Engineer used in making test specimens and the cost of providing and
103-5
maintaining curing facilities shall be included in the contract price.
Moisture tests of both fine and coarse aggregate shall be made at sufficient
intervals to provide for accurate batching and proportioning. Cost of making
moisture tests will be paid by the Owner. Testing equipment including
wheelbarrow tests will be paid by the Owner. Testing equipment including
wheelbarrow or buggy; shovel; slump cone and rod; plywood platform 30" square;
twelve steel cover plates (7" x 7" x. 8"); and hand trowel shall be furnished
by Contrac and arranged in an orderly manner in a location convenient
to the work before commencing any concreting operation. All testing equip-
ment shall be maintained in a clean condition by the Contractor. Concrete
tests will be made by an independent laboratory selected and paid for by
the owner.
2. Applicable Standards: AST:d Standard Methods, test and specifications
as applicable shall be adhered to and complied with on sampling, curing,
and testing of concrete and for materials used therein.
3. Test on High Early Strength Concrete: When High Farly Strength
Portland Cement is used in lieu of normal Portland Cement, the minimum
allowable 28-day strength for normal Portland Cement shall be required at
7 days. The ages at time of test for high early strength Portland cement
shall be 3 days and 7 days in lieu of 7 days and 28 days for normal Port-
land Cement.
4. Failure to Fleet Requirements: Should the strengths shc..-n by testing
specimens fall below the required values, the Engineer shall have the
authority to require additional curing on those portions of the sCiuctures
represented by the test specimens. In the event that such additional curing
does not give the strength required, the Engineer shall have the right to
require strengthening or replacement of those portions of the structure
which failed to develop the required strength. The additional curing regire.d
by the Fngineer shall he done at the Contractor's expense, and test cores
Fhall ba obtained and tested in accordance with ASTM Methods of Securing,
Preparing and Testing Speciments from Hardened Concrete for Compressive
and Flexural Strengths, Designation C-42.
J. Mixing Conditions:
1. General: The concrete shall. be mixed in quantities required for
immediate use, acrd any concrete which is not in place within 30 minutes
after being discharged from th^ mixer shall not be used. Retempering of
concrete will not be permitted. In threatening weather, which in the
op nion of the Engineer may result in conditions t..•t will adversely affect
quality ui the concrete to be placed, the Engineer isay order postponement
of the work. s,iscre work has been started and changes in weather conditions
require protective measures to be used, the Contractor shall furnish adequate
shelter to proterc the concrete against the damage from rainfall or damage
due to freezing temperatures. In rase it is necessary to continue mixing
operations during rainfall, the Contractor shall provide protective covering
for concrete being placed.
103-6
2. Cold Weather: No concrete shall be mixed without the approval of
the Engineer when the air temperature is at or below 40 degrees Fahrenheit,
(taken in the shade away from artificial heat) and falling. If authorized by
the Engineer, concrete may be mixed when the air temperature is at 35 degrees
Fahrenheit and rising. ldhen permission is given for mixing when the temperature
is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit, all water used for mixing shall. be heated to
a temperature sufficient to raise the temperature of concrete to 70 degrees
Fahrenheit, but the temperature of the mixing water shall not exceed 165
degrees Fahrenheit at the time of entering the mixer. If heating the mixing
water only will not raise the placing of temperature of the concrete to 70
degrees Fahrenheit, then the aggregate must also be heated, either by steam
or dry heat, to a temperature sufficient to raise the placing temperature
of the concrete to the required temperature. In no case shall the aggregate
temperature as it enters the mixer exceed 150 degrees Fahrenheit. The heating
apparatus shall be such as to heat the mass of the aggregate uniformly and
preclude the occurrence of hot spots which will burn ts,e material. Temp-
eratures of transported concrete shall not be less than 60 degrees Fahrenheit
at the time of placing in the forms. Salts, chemicals or other foreign
materials shall not be mined with the concrete for purpose of preventing
freezing. In no case shall the temperature of the fresh concrete exceed
80 degrees Fahrenheit.
3. Hot Weather: Concrete shall be placed in the forms without the
addition of any more water than required by the design (slump). No excess
water shall be added on the concrete surface for finishing. Control of
initial set of the concrete and extending the time for finishing operations
may be accomplished with the use of an approved water-reducing and set-
retarding admixture.
Maximum time intervals between the addition of mixing water and/or
cement to the batch, and the placing of concrete in the forms shall not
exceed the following:
Air or Concrete Temperature Maximum Time
(whichever higher)----- (Addition of water/cement to placement)
Non-Agitated Concrete
up to 80° F 30 Minutes
Over 80° F 15 Minutes
Agitated Concrete
Up to 75° F 90 Minutes
75° to 89° F 60 Minutes
Over 90` F 45 Minutes
The use of an approved set retarding admixture will permit the ex-
tension of the above time ma:cimums by 30 minutes, for agitated concrete only-.
103-7
Under extreme hot temperature, wind, or humidity conditions, the Engineer
may require the use of the set-retarding agent, or m;y suspend concreting
operations if quality concrete is not being placed.
K. Mixing with Mixing Equipment:
1. General Mixing Requirements: The mixing shall 1,e done in 0, batch
mixer of approved type and size which will insure the ultiforn distribution
of material throughout the mass within the specified mixin;:; time aid the dis-
charge of the mixture without segregation. The volume of the concrete batch
shall not exceed the manufacturer's rated capacity of t..e mixer, exclusive
of the overload. After all the solid ingredients are v,s<.:,rblcd in th,~ drum,
the mixing shall continue for a minimum time of one and or,~-ht.lf minutes,
providing that all mixing water shall be added before one-fourth )f t'7e
mixing time has elapsed. During the mixing time, the drum shall revolve
at a peripheral speed of about 200 feet per minute and the mixer shall 5e
equipped with a speed regulator to hold the mixer to its normal spea:d of
revolution. The entire contents of the drum shall be discharged before any
materials are placed therein for the succeeding batch. Tha first batch
of concrete for each placement shall contain extra quantity of said, cement,
and water sufficient to coat the inside surface of the drum without di-
minishing the mortar content of the mix. Upon cessation of mixing for any
considerable length of time, the mixer shall be thoroughly cleaned. When-
ever a concrete mixer is not adequate or suitable for the work, it shall
be removed from the site upon written order from the Engineer and a suit-
aM a mixer provided by the Contractor. Pick-up and throw over blades in
the drlm of the mixer which are worn down more than ten per cent in depth
shall be repaired or replaced by new blades.
2. Mixing Plant Requirements: The complete plant assembly shall be
approved by the Engineer and shall conform to the following requirements:
ready adjustments of aggregate weights for varying moisture contents; I
capability of controlling delivery of all materials to within one per cent
by weight of specified amounts; proportion, of water to cement accurately
controlled (water within one per cent by weight or volume) and easily
checked; accurate control of all materials wits positive shut-off; facilities
for prompt removal of excess materials in hoppers; visible springless dial
or equally suitable weight indication which will accurately indicate the
last 200 pounds of the load to show to the operator that the required weight
is being approached; each specified size of aggregate measured separately
with a separate beam scale: bulk cement dropped through canvas drop chute
or telescopic flexible hose tremie; ten 50-pound test weights provided;
device on each mixer for accurately and automatically meausring and in-
dicating the time required for mixing which shall be interlocked to pre-
vent discharge of concrete from the mixer before the expiration of the
mixing period; and shall include suitable facilities for obtaining test
samples of aggregate from the batch and representative samples of concrete
for tests.
3. Hand Mixing: Hand mixing of concrete will be permitted only for
small placements or in the case of an emergency, and tehn only on the author-
ization of the Engineer. When hand mixing is permitted, it shall be done on
a watertight platform. The fine aggregate and cement shall first be
t03-R
~r
f
mixed until a uniform color is attained and then spread over the mixing
board in a thin layer. The coarse aggregate shall be thoroughly saturaced
with water, and it shall be spread over the fine aggregate and cement in
a uniform layer and the whole mass turned as the additional water is added.
After all ingredients have been added, the mass shall be turned at least
six times, or more, if necessary, to make the mixture uniform in color and
smooth in appearance. )land-mixed batches shall not exceed a two-bsg batch
in volume.
4. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Ready mixed concrete shall be mixed and
transported in accordance with ASTM Specifications for Ready-Mixed Concrete,
Designation C-94, and applicable sections of the Specifications of which
this is a part. The A.S.T.M. Specifications shall be modified to require
that "the concrete shall be delivered to the site of the work and discharge
shall be completed within 1.0 hour after introduction of mixing water to the
cement and aggregates or the introduction of the cement to the aggregate."
The control of design, proportioning and mixing of all ready mix,
transit mix or central plant concrete shall be under the supervision of a
trained representative of an established independtint testing laboratory.
which laboratory has been approved by the Owner. The laboratory representa-
tive shall work in cooperation with the Engineer and shall furnish to 0e
Engineer a summary of all tests which are performed and for etch clncret..
pour shall furnish a certificate of compliance with the specification. No
concrete shall be poured without the laboratory representative being present
at the plant site.
i
All cost for services of the testing laboratory, except those tests
in connection with the mix design and trial batches at the beginning of the
project shall be borne by the owner. Tests as required for initial batch
designs shall be paid for by the Contractor.
For concrete pours of ten cubic yards or less, the Engineer may wnive
these requirements; however, in such event., evidence shall be furnished
showing a design mix to meet the requirements of the specificntions.
L. Placing Curing and Fintshin&: The placing of concrete, including con-
struction of forms and falsework, curing and finishing, shall be in accord-
ance with the Item "Concrete Structures".
M. Added or Deducted Concrete: "Added or Deducted Concrete: when its use
is specifically authorized by the Engineer will be meat:ured by t'r:- cubic
yar,i in place. The Contract unit prices shown in the Proposal for "Added
or Deducted Concrete" shall be full compensation for furnishing all matorial,
hauling, mixing, forming, placing, finishing, curing, and fcr the furnishing
of all tools, plant and incidentals necessary to furnish one cubic yard of
concrete complete in place in accordance with applicable sections of t'neso
Specifications.
END OF ITEM
103-9
s
~t
ITEM NO. 104 - CONCRETE STRUCTURE:;
A. Description: Thiu item governs for the construction of foundations, piers,
walls, slabs, columns, bears, girders, and all other structural elements in-
volving the. use of concrete. A7.1 concrete structures shall be constructed in
accordance with the design requirements and details shown can the Plans; con-
forming to the pertinent provisions of the Items for "Earthwork", "Reinforcing
Steel", "Concrete for Structures", and other incidental items of the Specifi-
cations which are applicable to the completed structures; and in conformity
with the requirements herein.
B. Materials:
1. Concrete: All concrete uhall conform to the provisions of the Item
for "Concrete for Structures". The class of concrete for each unit shall be
3000 lb. unless otherwise shown on plun3.
2. E_xpansicn Joint ?Material:
a. Premoulded Expansion Joint Material: 1,,~emoulded expansion joint
material shall be non-extruding and resilient type c)nformin- to Federal
Specification HH--F-341a Type 1, Class A (Standard Cork).
b. Joint Sealer: Expansion joints shall b., sealed as shown on P-he
plans using Rubber Calk 210 Folyurethane Sealant :end PRC Primer No. 4, both
as manufactured by the Products Research Company, Burbank, California. Racking
material shall be two (2") inches of ethaform rod prepared as shown on the
drawings.
C. Plastic WaterstopA. t+1iere shown on the Plans, or as may be re-
quired by manner of construction, Servicised Vaterstops, or an approved equal,
shall be embedded in the concrete. Unless at'nerwise shows on the plans u.ie
Servicised No. 5317-D (9" Centerbulb) for all expansion joints and Servicised
No. 3317-B 0" vumbbell) for all construction joints requiring waterstops.
Waterstops shall be extruded from elastomeric plastic materials
and shall fulfill the following requirements:
1) Material - The waterstop shall be fabricated from a plastic
compound, the basic resin of which shall be polyvinylchloride. The compound
shall contain any additional resins, plasticizers, stabilizers or other
materials such that, when compounded, it shall meet the performance require-
ments given in this specification. No reclaimed PVC nor any PVC compound
other than that specified herein shall be used.
i
2) Tensil Strength - When tested according to ASTM D412-51T
(die "C") the tensile strength of the material ;hall be not less than 2000
PSI (Std. Grade).
104-1
• 3) Ultimate Elongation - When tested according to ASTH D412-51T
(die "C") the ultimate elongation of the material shall not be less than
250%.
4) Low Temperature Brittleness - When tested according t) AST.
D746-55T the material shall show no sign of failure (cracking, chipping,
etc.) at minus 8-deg. F.
5) Stability in "Effect of Alkalies" Test - When tested according
to *.'PC of Ontario, C-245-55, 7 (h), the material shall not show any dimensional
changes in excess of one percent; nor shall its weight increase by mere than
0.40 percent at 30 days. Material that exhibits AaX Decrease in weight in
30 days will be considered to have failed.
6) General - Care shall be taken of the correct positioning of
the Waterstops during installatior The center line of the Waterstop shall
coincide with the joint opening. By thorough working of the concrete insure
.hat maximum density and imperviousness is obtained in the vicinity of all
jointa. Splices in th? continuity or at intersections of runs of Waterstops
shall be performed by fusing the adjacent Waterstop using a Eieat device th-rmo-
statically controlled. - "
3. Non-Shrinking Grout Aggregate: Non0shrinking grout aggregate shall
be either"Embeco" as manufactured by Master Builders Company or "Ferrolith G"
as manufactured by L. Sonneborn Sons, Inc.
4. Other Materials: All ether materials, such as reinforcing steel and
structural steel, shall conform to the requirements of the pertinent specifi-
cations under this Contract.
C. General Construction Requirements:
1. Prior Approval ~LEngineer: Before starting work, the Contractor
shall inform the Engineer fully as to th type of forms and methods of con-
struction he proposes to use, and as to the amount and character of equipment
he proposes to use, the adequacy of which shall be subject to the approval of
the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit a schedule showing the sequence
of concrete pours. The primary corz,~'r,ation in the preparation of schedule
shall be the pouring of alterrrLe sections in long structures to provide for
shrinkage of concrete. ThiF sequence of pours, when approved, shall be
strictly adhered to unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. Before con-
structing forms and falsework for concrete structures, plans shall be submitted
to the Engineer for review and approval.. Concurrence on the part of the En-
gineer in any proposed construction met'.iods, approval of form and falsework plans
shall not be considered as relieving tie Contractor of the responslbilijy for
the safety or correctness of his methodLi and adequacy of his equipment, or
from carrying out the work in full accordance with the Contract.
104-2
1
2. Time Sequence of operations: Unless otherwise provided, the following
requirements shall govern for the time seque:•ce in which construction ep-
erations shall be carried on. Steel beams or forms and falsework for super-
structures shall not be erected on concrete substructures until the concrete
in the substructure has cured at least four curing days. Concrete for con-
crete slab or girder spans or concrete slabs on steel beam spans shall not
be placed until the substructure has cured at least seven curing days. Steel
trusses or plate girders to be erected from the ground on approved falsework
may be erected when the substructu.-e has cured four curing days, but the
falsework shall not be removed unLi! the substructure has cured at least seven
curing days. Forms for walls or columns shall not be etected on concrete
footings until the concrete in the footing has cured at least two curing
days. Concrete may be placed in a wall or column as boon as the forms and
reinforcing steel placements are approved. The use of completed portions
of a structure as the site for mixing operations or for storage materials
will not be permitted until the particular portion of the structure has aged
at least ten curing days. A curing day is defined in paragraph M, hereof.
"Removal of Forms and Falsework". In continued cold weather, the construction
operations rviy be authorized at the end of a period of calendar days equal
to twice the number of curing days specified above.
D. Foundations: Excavation for foundations and preparation of foundation
surface shall be made in accordance with the requirements of the pertinent
specifications under this Contract.
E. Drains: Weep-hole drains shall be installed in retaining walls, in
accordance with the details shown on the Plans.
F. Expansion Joints and Devices:
1. General Requirements: Expansion joints aid devicea to provide for
expansion and contraction shall be constructed wi:eie and as indicated on
the Plans. All joints constructed open, which are to be left open or filled
with poured joint material, shall be constructed using forms adaptable to
loosening or early removal. In order to avoid jamming such forms by the
expansion action of the concrete and the consequent likelihood of injury
to the adjacent concrete, these forms shall b,. removed or loosened as soon
as practicable after the concrete has attai.,,d its final set. A provision
for loosening the forms to permit free expar.;:;en of the concrete without
the necessity for fell removal is preferred.
.
2. Workmanship; 4rmored joints shall be carefully constructed in order
to avoid defective anchorage of the steel and to avoid porous or honeycombed
concrete adjacent to same. Premolded mater aals, wherever used, shall be
anchored to the concrete on one side of the Joint by means of an approved
adhesive. Such anchorage shall be sufficient to preclude the tendency of
the material to :all out of the joint. Careful wo61nanship shall be ex-
ercised in the construction of all joints to insure that the concrete
• sections are completely separated by an open joint, or by the join. materials,
104-1k
and to insure that the joints will be true to the outline indicated. Im-
mediately after the removal of forms, and again where necessary after
surface finishing, all projecting concrete shall be removed along the
exposed edges of premolded materials in order to secure full effectiveness
of the expansion joint. Where roofing felt or premolded materials are
specified for horizontal joints, the material shall, if practicable, extend
two inches beyond the form for the top memeber. The projection Jortions
shall be subsequently trimmed to the face of the member after the forma are
removed.
3. Expansion Joint Scaler:
a. Surface Preparation and Priming: The expansion joint to be
sealed shall be approximately two inches wide and 1-1/4 inches Jeep. The
joint sides shall be prepared by sand blasting to remove all dirt and
foreign matter. The vertical faces shall be formed so that a slight taper
exists, approximately 5-10° from vertical. Ethafoam breaker rod shall be
placed sufficiently below the sealant joint surface to avoid being forced
into sealant joint by thermal expansion. All surfaces to -ihich sealant is
to adhere shall be clean and dry. All surfaces shall be wiped with methyl-
ethyl Ketone and allowed to dry prior to priming. Joints should be pro-
tected from contamination of biruminous or resinous materials which might
be sprayed on concrete for curing purposes. Apply one thin, uniform coat
of PRC Pcimer No. 4 to the clean concrete joint surface and allow to dry
at least 30 minutes, or until tack free, but not more than tl hours at
75° F. and 50% relative humidity befoje applying Rubber Calk 210 Sealant.
Manufacturer's directions shall be carefully followed in Oe application
of ooth Frimer and Sealant,
b. Sealant Application: After sealant components are mixed, apply
to joints from bottom to joint up using a hand or air operated calking gun,
putty knife, or trowel. It is important that the sealant be firmly pressed
into the joint to assure complete wetting of the bonding surface in order
to obtain uniform adhesion, and to prevent entrapped air. Surfacr: shall be
smoothed or finished with pointing toe's within one hour after applying
sealant. Where other concrete or concrete grout is required abo,io sealer,
after sealant has been tooled, a three inch wide strip of 1-3 mil poly-%tl.ylene
shall be placed on top of sealant to act as a bond breaker.
G. Construction Joints:
1. General Requirements, The joint formed by placing plastic concrete
in direct contact with ccacrete that has attained its initial set shall be
deemed a construction joint. When concrete in a structure or a portion of a
structure is specified to be placed monolithically, the tern; monolithic shall
be interpreted to mean that the manner and sequence of concrete placing shall
be such that construction joints will not occur. Construction joints shall
be of the type and spacing shown on the Plans. Additional jo,:.ita will not be
permitted without written authorization from the Engineer. Any additional
104-4
conttt-uction joints shall have details equivalent to 'zose shown on the
Plans for joincs in similar locations.
2. Preparation of Exls.tinA Concrete: Before ioin.ng plastic concrete
to concrete that tas already set, the surface of the roncretc in place shall
be reasonably rough with come aggregate particles exrosed; shall be free
from all loose materials, laitance, dirt, or foreign matter, shall be washed
and scrubbed clean with stiff brooms and thoroughly drenched with water
until saturated; and shall be kept wet until the plastir concrete has been
placed. The method of concrete shall he determined by the Contractor subject
to approval of the Engineer. Immediately prior to the placing of additional
concrete on horizontal surfr..ces, all forms shall be drown tight against the
concrete in place, and the s-.irface of the concrete in place shall be flushed
with a coating of mortar ab,.)ut two inches thick. An application of mortar
should be applied on vertical surfaces, if possible. This mortar shall be
worked into the irregularities of the hard surface if possible, and should
have the same sand wid cement content and water-cement ratio as the concrete
being placed. In lieu of this method of providing excess mortar for coating,
the Engineer may regjtre that the Contractor provide excess mortar by
leaving out one-half of the gravel in concrete for first layer at the ,joint.
If shown on the Plane, construction joints shall bey provided with concrete
keyways, reinforcing iteel dowels and/or .rarer stops. The method of forming
keys for keyed joints shall be such as to permit t•ne easy removal of forms
without chipping, brcraking, or damagiiig the concrete in any mtnner. All
keyway forms must be oiled before insrr{llation.
Special attention shall be given to the construction of keyed joints
so that they will be neatly constructed of thoroughly compacted concrete,
free of excess !cater and laitance and iutiform in every respect.
It. Falsework:
1. General Requirements: All falsework shall be designed and constructed
so that no excessive settlement or deformation will occur, and so that the
necessary rigidity will be provided. Details of falsework constructed shall
be subject to review and approval by the Engineer in accordance with the pro-
visions of Section A, "General Construction H-quircrents:, of this item.
2. Design Loads: For calculating the loads on falsework, a weight of
150 pounds per cubic foot 1hall be assumed for concrete, and a live load
allowance of 50 pounds per square foot of horizontal surface of the form work
shall be included. The maximum unit stresses shall not exceed 125 percent of
the allowable stresses used by the Engineer for the des'gn of the structures.
3. Materials: All timber used in ftlsework centering shall be sound,
in good condition, and free from defects which will imrsir its strength.
Steel members shall be of adequate strength and of such shape as to be suit-
able for the purpose intended. Timber piling may be cf any species of wood
which will r thstand driving satisfactorily and wl.ich ,,.11 adequately support
the sup+rimposed load.
104-5
■
4. Workmanship: Where sills or timber grillages are us d to support
falsework columns, such sills and grillages, unless founded on solid rock,
shale or other hard materials shall be placed in excavated pits anu back-
filled to prevent the softening of the supporting material by drip from the
forms or by rains that may occur during the construction process. Sills
or grillages shall be of ample size to support the superimposed load with-
out settlement. Falsework which cannot be founded on a satisfactory spread
footing shall be supported on piling which shall. be driven to it baring
capacity sufficient to support the superimpose6 load without settlement.
In general, each falsework. ent shall be capped transversely at the proper
elevation by a cap of adcq-:ate size. If desired by the Contractor, however,
a short cap section formin3 T-head may be substituted at the top of etch
pile or column in the bent and shall be set at the proper elevation to
produce, in conjunction w.iti: the use of approved hardwood wedge= or .tacks,
permar+ent camber indicated on the Plans or specified, plus a construction
camber covering allowance for deformation of the forms and falsework. The t
use of wedges to compensate for incorrectly cut bearing surfaces 011 not
be pe nnitted. Wedges shall be used in pairs and shall be so arrang:d as
to insure uniform bearing. Each falsework bent shall be securely braced
to adjacent bents by bracking material of ample size to provide, the stiff-
ness required. The bracing shall be securely spiked or bolted to each
pile or column it may cross, ,
1. Forms:
1. _General Requirements: Forms shall be built ,,ortnr-tight and of
material sufficient in strength to prevent bulging betws,.!n supports. They
shall be set and maintained to the lines designated until tho concrete is
sufficiently hardened to permit form removal. During the clapsed time be-
tween the building of the foams and the placing of the concrete, the forms
shall be maititilned in a manner to eliminate warping and s;hrinking. Details
of form con,.truction should receive approval of thr Engineer before form
erection to eliminate possible delays in pouring, since permission to place
concrete will not be given until all form work is completed to his satisfaction.
If, at any stage of the work, the forms show signs of bulging or sagging,
that portion of the concrete causing such condition shall be imriediately re-
moved, if necessary, and the forms shall be reset and securely braced against
further movement. Forms or form lumber to be reused shall be Paiutainedtightness,
tightness, and Fm:)othnef;y of surface. Any lumbar which is split, warped,
bulged, marred, or has defects that may produce work inferior to that
resulting from using now mtterial shall not be reused. All forms shall be
so constructed as to permit removal without damage to the concrete. Par-
ticular and special care must be exercised in framing forris for copings,
offsets, railing, and all ornamental work, so that there will be no damage
to or marring of the concrete when the forms are removed. If desired by
the Contractor, thu forms may be given a slight draft to pe nnit ease of
removal. Whenever practicable, forms shall he erected complete before the
reinforcement is placed. For narrow walls and other locations where access
104-6
to the bottom of the forms iR not otherwise readily attainable, adequate
cleanout openings shall. be provided. At thy: time of placing concrete,
the forms shall be clean a M entirr.ly free from all chips, dirt, sawdust,
and other extraneous matter. Vcrcas for slab, bears and girder construction
shall not have tie wire cuttings, nails, matches or any other matter what-
soever which would mar the appearance of the finished construction. All
forms shall be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
2. Design Loads: Forms shall be desigrev for the pressure exerted by
a liquid weighing ]50 pounds per cubic foot. The rate of placing the con-
crete, temperature of concrete, and whether concrete is vibrated or not,
shall be taken into consideration in determining the depth of the equivalent,
liquid. An additional live Lead of 50 pounds per square foot shall be allowed
on horizontal surfaces. 'the maximum unit ::+tresses shall not exceed 125 per-
cent of the allowable stress?s vsed fjr the design of structures.
3. Material:
a. General Form Lumber: Lumber for forms shall be properly seasoned
and of good quality. It shall be frfe from loose or unsound knots, knot
holes, twists, shakes, decay, dnd other imperfections which would affect its
strength or impair the finished surface of the concrete. Thn, lumber used
for fencing or sheathing shall be surfaced on at least - bide ami two
edges, and stall be sized to uniform thickness. The use nominal two-
inch lumber as a minimum thickness will be required fo: t,)rms for the bottoms
of all superstructure girders except that in case of special forming of gir-
ders, as for curved-bottom girders where facing burads are transverse to
beam., the Engineer may permit the use of one-inch lumber. Lumber of nominal
one-inch thickness will be permitted for general use on other portions of
the structure-If backed by a sufficient number of studs and wales.
b. Lining: Timber forms for exposed concrete surfaces which are
to be given Grubbed finish, shall be facelined with an approved type of
form liningraterial. If plywood is used for form lining, it shall be made
with water-proof adhesive, shall have a minimum thickness of one-fourth inch,
and prefe:abl.y shall be oiled at the mill and then re-oiled or lacquered on
the job before using. If fiber board is used it shall be tampered Masonite
Concrete Form Pressedwood, having a minimum thickness of three-sixteenths
inch and shall be thoroughly wet with water at least 12 hours before using.
The water shall be applied to the screen side of the board and the boards
shall be stacked screen side to screen side. The smooth hard face shall
be used as the contact surface of the form. If desired by the Contractor,
facing for such surfaces may be constructed of three-fourths inch thick
plywood made with water-proof adhesive backed by adequate studs and wales,
keeping in mind that the greatest strength of the outer piles should be at
right angles to the studding, and in this case, form lining will not be
required. Edges and faces of adjacent panels shall be carefully aligned
and the joints betwc+n panels shall be filled with patching plaster or
104-7
cold water putty to prevent leakage, and sanded lightly with No. 0 sandpaper
to mike the joints smooth. Forms which are being reused shall have all unused
form tie holes filled and smoothed as described above as as to be perfectly
smooth.
c. S ecial Form Lumber:
(1) Molding specified for chamfer strips or other uses shall be
made of redwood, cypress, or pine materials of such grade that will not split
when nailed and which can be maintained to ct true line without warping,
The molding shall be mill cut and dressed on all faces. Unless otherwise
provid.d, forms small be filleted at all sharp corners, both inside and out-
side, and edges with triangular chamfer strips. The strips shall be three-
fourths inch, measured on all sides. All chamfer strips shall be thoroughly
oiled before installation on forr,s.
(2) Forms for rnilings and ornamental work shall be constructed
to standards equivalent to first claaa mill work. All mouldings, panel work,
and bevel strips shall be straighl. and true with neatly mitered jousts and
of such design that the finished work shall be true, sharp, and clean-cut.
4. Form Ties: Metal f(>rm. ties of a type approved by the Engineer shall
be used to half forms in place. Such ties shall be of a type especially
designed for use in connection with concrete work, and they shall have pro-
vision to permit etse of removal of the metal as hereinafter specified. The
use of wire form ties_ will not be permitted except by approval of the Fngineer,
All metal appliance q used inside of cho forms to hold thee: in correct align-
ment shall be removed to a depth -)f at !.?ast one and one-half inches from
the surface of the concrete and shall be so constructed that metal may be
removed without undue injury to the w uf.7ce from chipping or spilling. Such
devices. when removed, shall leave a srja«rh opening in the concrete surface
not larger than seven-eights inch in diar,eter. Burning off of rods, bolts,
or ties will not be permitted. Metal t_os shall be held in pl.~ce by devices
attached to wales. Each device shall ba c;,pable of developing the strength
of the tie. Pipe spreaders wC.1 not be harmittee. Metal and wooden spreaders
which are sepaiste from the forms shall 'Do wired to top of form and shall be
entirely removes as the concrete is beissI placed. Where wire ties are per-
mitted, all wirer, shall be cut back at one inch from the face of the
concrete with a sharp chisel or nippers. The use of metal. form ties of a
type that are encased in prper or other material to allow the removal of
the complete tie, leaving a hole through the concrete structure, will not
be permitted in the construction of water bearing walls.
5. We:ttipS and Oi~Forms: The facing of all fortis shall be treated
with a suitable form oil before concrete !.s placed. In hot weather, bo'h
sides of the face forms may be required to be treated with oil to prevent
warping and to secure tight jointu. Tic: oil shall be applied before the
reinforcement is placed, The oil used for this purpose shall be a light
clear oil which will not discolor or otherwise injuriously affect the con-
crete surface or delay or impair curing operations. In general, all surfaces
of forms which will come in contact with the concrete shall be weti~e im-
me.fiutely beforr, the concrete is placid.
104-8
n
6. Metal Forms The foregoing specifications for "Forms" as regards design,
mortar-tightness,' filleted corners, beveled projections, bracing, alignment,
removal, re-use, oiling, and wetting shall apply equally to metal forms. The
metal used for forms shall be of such thickness that the forms will remain
true to shape. All bolt and rivet heads on the facing sides shall be counter-
sunk. Clamps, pins, or other connecting devices shall be designed to hold
the forms rigidly together and to allow removal without injury to the concrete.
Metal forms which do not vpesent a smooth surface or line up properly shall
not be used. Special care shall be exercised to keep metal free from rust,
grease, or other foreign material such as will tend to discolor the concrete.
Pan joists shall be min. 16 ga, steel or reconditioned to approval of Enginee-7.
Provide end closures for each row and secure fillers rigidly. Forms shall
be of true size and shape, cloae and in alignment.
7. Alignment_ Control: True alignment of walls and other vertical surfaces
have straight lines or rectangular shapes shall be controlled by the following
procedure: Forming shall le arranged with provieions for adjusting the hori-
zontal alignment of a form after the form has been filled with concrete to
grade, using wedges, turnbuckles, or other approve+l adjustment method. The
general procedure will bu to establish a transit line or other approved ref-
erence such that adjustments can be made to an established line while the
concrete in tle top of the form is still plastic. Adjusting facilities shall
be at intervals which will pe nnit vijustments to a straight line. Tile Contractor
shall be r.sponsible for this alignment check, and shall furnish his oin per-
sonnel for such checking and adjustment. No forms will be approved for pouring
until adequate adjusting facilities art- in place.
.1. Placia Reinforcement: Reinforcement in concrete structures shall be care-
fully and accurately placed and rigidly supported as provided in the Item
"Reinforcing Steel".
K. Placing. Concrete:
1. General Requirements:
a. Preliminary Consideration: The Contractor shall notify the En-
gineer upon completion of various portions of the work required for placing
concrete so that inspection may be made as early as is prr.cticable. Tile
Contractor shall also keep the Engineer informed regarding his anticipated
concrete placing schedule. When all items have been found to be in order by
the Engineer, including lines and grades, forms, reinforcing, inserts, piping,
eleCtcical, plumbing ind the Contractor's concreting materials and equipment,
the Engineer will then authorize the Contractor in writing to proceed, Concrete
placed without such authority will not be accepted unless by written exemption
from the Engineer. Unless authorized by the Engineer, no concrete shall be
placed in any unit prior to the completion of the form-work and the placement
of the reinforcement. No concrete shall be placed before the completion of
all adjacent operations whit-h might prove detrimental to the concrete. When-
ever it is necessary to continue the mixing, placing, and finishing of con-
crete after the daylight hours, the site of the work shall be brilliantly
104-9
lighted so that all operations are plainly visible. In general, however,
concrete placing shall be so regulated as to permit finishing operations to
be completed in the daylight hours. The Engineer reserves the right to
order postponement of the placing operations when, in his ;pinion, iripendl.ng
weather conditions may result in rainfall or low temperatures which will impair
the quality of the finished work. In case rainfall should occur after placing
operations are srarted, the Contractor shall provide ample covering to protect
the work. In case of drop in temerpature, the provisions set forth in paragraph
K-2 hereof, "Placing Concrete in Cold Weather" shall be applied. The operation
of depositing and compactirs the. concrete shall be conducted so as to form a
compa.-t, dense impervious ,pass rd. uniform texture which shall sho% smooth faces
on all surfaces. The placing shall be sc, regulated that the pressures cnuced
by the plastic concrete nhall not exceed the loads used in the design of
forms.
b, llandling and ;'ransport n$: Chutes, trough, or pipes used as
aids in placing concrete shall be arranged and used so that the ingredients
of the concrete will not be separated and they shall be metal or metat lined.
When steep slopes art necessary, the chutes shall be equipped with baffle
boards or made in short lengths that reverse the direction of movement. Open
troughs and chutes shall extend, if necessary, down inside the forms or through
holes left in the forms, and the ends of such chutes liall terminate in vertical
downspouts. All chutes, troughs, and pipes shall be kept clean and free from
coatings of hardened concrete by a thorough flushing with water before and
after placement. Water used for flushing shall be discharged clear of the
concrete in place. The use of chutes in excel+s of 35 feet total length for
conveying concrete will not be permitted except by specific authorization. from
the Engineer. Non-agitating trucks shall be used only when authorized by the
Engineer with due consideration of the lerRth of haul, roughness of roads,
and shape of truck bodies proposed. Pumping of concrete will be permitted,
subject to approval of equipment by the Engineer. The placing of concrete
for floor slabs preferably shall be done by a mixing plant located off the
structure. Carting or wheeling concrete batches on a completed concrete
floor slab will not be permitted until the slab has aged at least four curing
days. Unless pnew-atic ti..,d carts are used, the carts shall be wheeled on
timber planking so that the loads and impact will be distributed over the
slab. Curing operations shall not be interrupted for the purpose of wheeling
concrete over finished slabs. Stockpiling of concrete aggregate or cement on
floors will be permitteu only when authorized by the Engineer. the storing
of reinforcing or structural steel on site completed shall generally be avoided,
and when permitted, sach storage shall be limited to quantities and distribu-
tion as authorized by the Engineer.
c. U~Losit_ ng: The method and manner of placing shall be such as to
avoid the possibility of segregation or separation of the aggregate or the
displacement of the reinforcement. In thin walls, drop chutes of rubber or
metal shall be used. The spattering of forms or reinforcement bars shall be
104-10
prevented if the concrete so spattered will dry or harden before being in-
corporated in the mass. Each part of the forms shall be filled by depositing
concrete directly as near its final position as possible. The coarse ag-
gregate shall be worked back from the face and the concrete forced under
and around the reinforcement bars without displacing them. Depositing; large
quantities at one point in the forms and running or working it along the
f rms will not be allowed. Ater the concrete has taken initial set, the
forms sh311 not be jarred or any strain placed on projecting reinforcement.
Where the Contractor's operations involve the placing of concrete from above,
that is, directly into an excavated area or through the completed forms,
particularly in the case of walls, piers, columns, and similar structures,
all concrete so placed shall be deposited through vertical drop chutes of
rubber rr metal of satisfactory size. Drop chutes shall be made in sections
or provided in se-ral lengths so that the outlet may be adjusted to proper
heighto during placing operations. Concrete shall not be dropped free
more than five (5) feet. Concrete shall be placed in continuous horizontal
layers vrith a thickness of from 1 to 3 feet, depending on the wail thi,x-
ness. Each layer shall be soft when a now layer is placed upon t, and
unless otherwise specified herein or by the Engineer, not more than one
hour shall elapse between the placing of successive layers of concrete in
any portion of the structures included in a continuous placement. The Con-
tractor should av-lid additional construction joints other than those shown
on Plans by placing req,.tired portions of piers, walls, or superstructures
in one continuous operation. Poregin ratter of any kind shall not be per-
mitted to accumulate inside the forms, and openings in forms necessary for
removal of same shall be provided. I` excessive blecding causes water to
form on the surface of the concrete in tall forms thz mix shall be made
stiffer to reduce the bleeding. In tall walls the cot,ccete shall be placed
to a point about a foot below the tole of the will, or the bottom of any
slab or beam to be poured monolithically with the wall, and at least one
hour, or more, if specified by the Engineer, shall be allowed for settling.
Concreting should then be resumed before set occurs to avoid the requirements
of a joint. If the slab is thin, a reduction of coarse aggregate size may
be required, and the form shall be overfilled and the excess conztote
screeded off after partial stiffening.
d. Consolidation: Each layer of concrete shall be well compacted
and the mortar flushed co the surface of the forms by continuous working
with mechanical vibrators of an approved type. Vibrators of the type which
operate by attachment to forms will be permitted only when immersion type
vibrators cannot be used due to inaccessibility. The vibrators shall be
applir:d :•o Vae concrete immediately after deposit and shall be moved through-
out the mass, through the layer of concrete just placed, and several inches
into the plastic layer below, thoroughly working the concrete around the
reinforcement, embedded fixtures, and into the corners and angles of the
forms until the concrete is thoroughly compacted. Mechanical vibrators
shall not be operated so that they will penetrate or distrub layers placed
previously which have become partially set or hardened, and they shall not
be used to ai: the flow of concrete laterally. The vibration shall be of
104-11
sufficient duration to accomplish thorough compaction and complete embedment
of reinforcement and fixtures, but shall not be done to an extent that will
cause segregati•n. Vibratorb shall be kept constantly moving In the concrete
ind shall be appAied vertically at points uniformly spaced, not farther apart
than the radius over which the vibrator is visibly effective. The vibrator
shall not be held in cne location longer than is required to produce a
liquified appearance on the surface.
Internal vibrators shall maintain a frequency when submerged in
the concrete of not less than 6,000 impulses per minute for spuds with
diameters greater than 5 inches and 10,000 impulses for smaller spuds.
The intensity (amplitude) of vibration shall be sufficient to produce sat-
isfactory consolidation. A sufficient number of vibrators (powered pneu-
matically or electrically) shall be used co provide one for each ten cubic
yards of concrete per hour being placed. At least one vibrator, which may
be of the gasoline powered type, shall be immediately available as a standby
for each t4,.j vibrators in service. The Engineer may require the Contractor
to use a vibrator of larger size and power if he feels, based on observed
pzrfotmance, that it is necessary to produce satisfactory consolidation.
All vibrators intended for regular service or standby service shall be checked
and approved by the Engineer prior to the beginning of the concreting oper-
ations.
e, Embedded Items: Before placing concrete, care shall be taken to
determine that all embedded items arL, firmly and securely fastened in plan,
as indicated in the drawings or required by the Engineer, All embedded itees
shall be thoroughly clean and free of oil and other foreign matec•ial. Anchor
bolts shall be set to exact locations by the u3e of suitable anchor bolt
templates, or a4 otherwise shown on the plans.
2. PlacinjLConcrete in Cold Weather: No concrete shall be placed when
the atmospheric temperature is at or below 40 degrees F. (taken in the shade
away from artificial heat) unless permission to do so is given in writing by
the Engineer. When such permission is given, or in cases where the temperature
drops below 40 degrees F. after the concreting operations have been started,
the Contractor shall furnish sufficient canvas and framework or otner type of
housing to enclose and protect the structure in such a way that the air around
the forms and fresh concrete can be kept at a temperature not less than 50
degrees F. for a period of five days after the concrete is ,diced for no-mal
concrete, and for three days for high-early-strength concrete. Sufficient
heating apparatus such as stoves salamanders, or steam equipment and fuel to
furnish all required heat shall be supplied, The treatment of mixing wyter
and aggregates used in mixing concrete shall be as specified in "Concrete for
Structures". It is understood the: the Contractor is responsible for the pro-
tectio-i of concrete placed under any and all weather conditions, Permission
given by the Engineer to place concrete durins freezing weather will in no way
relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for satisfactory results. Should
concrete placed under such conditions prove unsatisfactory, it shall be removed
and replaced.
104-12
S
3. Placing Concrete in Water: Concrete may be deposited in water only
when specified on the Plans or with the permission of the Engineer. The
forms, cofferdams, or caissons shall be sufficiently tight to prevent nay
water current passing through the space in which the concrete is being
deposited. Pumping will not be permitted while the concrete is being
placed, not until is has set for at ]last 36 hours. The concrete shall
be carefully placed in a compact mass by means of a tremie, closed bottom-
dumping bucket, or other approved method that does not permit the concrete
to fall through the water without adequate protection. The concrete shall
not be disturbed after being deposited. Depositing shall be regulated to
maintain approximately horizontal surfaces at all times. Aztn a tremie is
used, it shall consist of a tube having a diameter of not more than ten
inches, constructed in sections having watertight connections. The means
of supporting the tremie shall permit the movement of the discharge end over
the entire top surface of the work and shall permit the •:remie to be rapidl;
lowered when necessary to choke off or retard the flow. The number of times
it is necessary to shift the location of the tremie, for -cy continuous
placement of concrete, shall be held to a minimum. burli': the placing of
concrete, the tremie tube shall be kept full to the bot a of the hopper.
When a batch is dumped into the hopper, the tremie shall h~ slightly raised,
but not out of the concrete at the bottom, until the batch discharges to
the level of the bottom of the hopper. The flow shall thirn be stopped by
lowering the tremie. The placing operations shall b, continuous until the
work is completed. When concrete is placed by means of the bottom-dump
bucket, the bucket shall have a capacity of not less ^.Lan one-half cubic
yard. The bucket shall be lowered gradually and carefully until it rests
upon the concrete already placed. It shall then be raised very slowly
during the discharge ,:ravel; the intent being to maintain, as nearly as
possible, still %ater at the point of discharge and to avoid agitating
the mixture.
4. i'lacing Concrete Slabs: Concrete in columns, walls, and deep beams
or girders shall be allowed to stand for at least one hour, or more if
specified by the Engineer, to permit 101 settlement due to consolidation
'oefore concrete is placed in the slabs they are to support. Haunches are
considered as part of the slab and shall be placed integrally with them.
The surfaces and material over which a slab placed on the ground is to be
poured shall be in accordance with the Item "Earthwork". Glhen slabs are
poured in strips, the widths of the strips, unless othersiise specified or
shown, shall be such that the concrete in any one strip will not be allowed
to lie in place for more than one hour before the adjacent strips are
placed. Immediately before placing concrete, the cushion to receive concrete
shall be dampened to prevent too rapid absorption of moisture from the con-
crete. Concrete shall be of comparatively dry consistency and shall receive
the finish hereina.ter specified.
5. Placing Concrete _In_Foundations: Concrete shall not be placed in
footings until the depth and character or the foundation has been inspected
104-13
uy the Engineer and permission has been given to proceed. The placing of
concrete bases above seal cour&es will be permitted after the forms are
free from water and the seal course cleaned. Any necessary ptmping or
bailing during the concreting operations shall be done from a suitable
sump located outpid the forms. Concrete in deep foundations shall be
placed in a manner that will avoid separation of the aggregates or dis-
placement of the reinforcement. Suitable chutes or vertical pipes shall
be provided. When footings can be placed in dry foundation pits without
use of cofferdams or caissons, forms may be omitted, if desired by the
Contractor and approved by the Engineer, and the entire excavation filled
with concrete to the elevation of the top of footing. Where this pro-
cedurc is followed no measurement for payment for "Extra Concrete" will
be made for concrete placed outside of the footing dimensions shown on
the Plans.
L. CurinrZ Concrete:
1. General Requirements: Careful attention shall be given to the
proper curing of all concrete in structures. Curing methods shall be the
following types and shall be applicable under the indcated conditons.
a. Membrane Curia: Membrane curing may be used on surfaces not
to receive a rubbed finish, vertical or sloped surfacess on which additional
concrete is not to be directly applied, and surfaces after receiving first
rubbing with No. 16 carborundum stone.
b. Cotton Mat Curing: Cotton mat curing shall he used and membrane
curing is prohibited on surfaces to receive first rubbing with No. 16 car-
borundum stone; surfaces to be painted or to which bituminous waterproofing
is to be applied, and contact areas of construction joints.
c. Cotton Mat or Waterproofed Paper Curing: Cotton mat or water-
proofed paper curing shall be used and membrane curing is prohibited on
slabs on which additional concrete, mortar, or terrazzo or other flooring
is to be directly applied and on slabs which will receive liquid concrete
floor hardener,
d. Cotton Mat or Waterproofed der or Membrane Curing: Slabs on
Mich additional concrete, mortar or terrazzo is not to be directly applied
may be cured by use of cotton mats, waterproofed paper, or by membrane curing,
except that cotton mat curing may be required on floor slabs of buildings and
basins where weath,:r conditions are such t',,it rapid loss of moisture would
result by using membrane curing.
2. Length of Curies Period: All concrete shall be cured for a period
of seven consecutive days. In cold weather, whon curinf, may be retarded,
this period shall be extended until 7 "curing-days" have passed, up to a
limit of 14 consecutive days. A "curing-day" is defined under paragraph
M of this Item.
104-14
3. Material and Usage:
a. Cotton Mats: Cotton mats shall uniformly contain at least three-
fourths of a pound of cotton filler per square yard of mat, shall have
covering cloth weighing not less than six ounces per square yard, shall be
or convenient size for handling, and shall have six-inch peripheral flaps
of overlaps. The mats shall be in contact with the entire concrete surface
and shall be kept moist for the specified curing period.
b. Watir+roofed Paper: Waterproofed paper for curing slabs shall
be non-straininj and strong enough to withstand the wind and abrasive action
of workmen walking over it. The type and quality of the paper shall be
subject to the Engineer's approval. Cemented joints shall be lapped at
least six inches and overlaps of blankets shall be at least 12 inches and
shall be securely weighted to form a closed joint. Holes torn in the
blanket while in use shall be patched immediately, and in locations where
pedestrain traffic is unavoidable, suitable walkways shall be provided to
protect the paper.
c. Monbrane Curing Compound: Membrane curino compound shall be
a resin base with light red tint with fugitive dye, ready for use other
than stirring, and of such composition that it will remain intact as a
sealing coat for 28 days. An acceptable compound shall have such sealing
qualities that the moisture loss from test specimens shall not be more
than three and one-half per cent when tested in accordance with Method of
Test for Water Retention Efficiency of Methods for Curing Concrete, ASTM
Designation C-156 when the sealing compOUTld is applied at a coverage of
one-hundred and fifty square feet per gallon. The sealing compound shall
be sprayed on, using pressure-tank type spraying equipment, and the
sealir.E compound shall be thoroughly mixed just before and during appli-
cation by either a power-operated mechanical stirrer or coapressed air
to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Curing compound shall be strained
through gasoline strainer as it is poured into spraying equipment. Ap-
plication of the seal coat shall be on a moist surface, shall be uniform
as indicated by the color, and shall be at the rate of one gallon per
150 square feet, applied in one coat on horizontal surfaces es checked
by area of surface and amount of material used. On vertical surfaces
curing compound khall be applied uniformly in two coats at the rare of
300 square feet per gallon. The application of the curing compound shall
follow immediately after removal of forms and preparation of concrete
surface as specified. Within thirty-minutes after form removal an any
surface to be cured by membrane, patching shall be comr.tenced or the sur-
face to be cured by mcrbrane, patching shall be commenced or the surface
shall be kept wet by sprinkling until catching is commenced. Curing
compound shall be applied immediately after any patch is made unless
other curing Is provided. Seal coats shall remain in place and be pro-
tected against abrasive action for a period of 28 days if in an area
where 14-day curing is required and 14 days if in an area where 7-day
curing is required. Seal coats on slabs shall be protected by a one-inc'h
lOG-15
layer of sand or earth or by other approved means. The protective coating,
shall not he placed sooner than 24 hours after the seal coat has been
applied. Any damages to the membrane coating within the period of time
noted above shall be repaired immediately by a liberal application of the
compound.
M. Removal of Forms acrd Falsework: Except as hereinafter provided, forms
for sufaces required to be rubbed shall be removed when the concrete has
aged not less than 18 hours, nor m. -e than 7 days after the concrete is
placed. Forms shall be removed fr surfaces requiring a rubbed finish
only as . idly as the rubbing ope ion can progre- t order to permit
more rapid and more satisfactory ri ,L._ace is moist and
relatively soft. Forms and falsewo Lite portions of structures which
do not require a rubbed surface finish may be removed when the concrete
has aged for a minimum number of curing days set forth in the following
table:
Forms and falsework under slabs, beams or girders 7 days
Forms and falsework under beams of frame bents 7 days
Forms for walls, columns and sides of piers 2 days
The term "curing-day" will be interpreted as any calendar day on which the
temperature is above 50 degrees F., for at least 19 hours. Colder days
may be counted if satisfactory provision is made to maintain the air temp-
erature adjacent to the concrete constantly above 50 degrees F., through-
out the entire day. In continued cold weather, when artificial heat is
not provided the Engineer may permit the removal of forms and falsework
at the end of a period of calendar days equal to twice the number of curing
days stated in the above table. Test specimens may be made at the option of
the Engineer for the purpose of determining a satisfactory time for form
and falsework rerKuval in cold weather, and when tests made on specimens
cured under like conditions to the curing of the structure indicate that
strengths equivalent to the 7-day strengths as given in Item 103, "Concrete"
have been attained, the forms and falsework may be removed. In no event
shall this removal be done in less time than the curing periods given in
the table above. Forms for the portions of slabs that cantilever more than
one foot beyond the outside beams shall not be removed in less than four
curing days.
N. n,afective Work: Any defective work discovered after the forms have been
removed shall be repaired immediately. If the surface of the concrete is
bulged, uneven, or shows excess honeycombing, or form ruirks which defects,
in the opinion of the Engineer, cannot be repaired satisfactorily, the entire
section shall be removed and replaced.
0. Filling Tie Holes: After the tie rods are broken back or removed, the
holes shall be filled solid with cement mortar, similar to that used in
concrete. The mortar shall be as dry as pos.3ibie and carefully packed into
is+-l.F
the holes in small quantities. After the holes are completely filled,
all excess mortar shall be struck off flush and the surface finished
in such a manner as to render the filled hole as inconspicuous as possible.
If these patches appear to be darker than the other surface of the concrete,
white cement shall be used in the mortar as required.
P. Patching: Slight honeycomb and minor defects in all concrete surfaces
shall be patched with cement mortar mixed in the same proportions of cement
and fine aggregate as the original concrete. Finished surfaces containing
sand streaks or voids will not be acceptable, and shall not be plastered
over. Such defective concrete shall be repaired by cutting out the unsat-
isfactory material and replacing it with dry pack mortar which shall be
securely keyed and bonded to the old concrete and finished in such a manner
as to render the jointing as inconspicuous as possible. This concrete shall
be drier than the regular mixture and shall be thoroughly tamped into place.
Each defective area shall be cut back with pneumatic chipping tool as deep
as the defective area extends and in ro case less than ore inch. The holes
shall then be painted with an approve(; bonding agent, such as Daraweld-C,
and then filled to within three-fourths inch of the surface with approved
non-shr_nl•. mortar as directed by the Engineer and the remainder of the hole
filled with regular dry pack mortar. The surface of such patches shall then
be finished as above specified. All dry pack mortar shall be driven into
place with suitable harromer and wooden blocks. All patches which will be
continuously exposed to water shall be made with non-shrinking grout in ac-
cordance with "Concrete", of these specifications. Non-shrinking grout
will not be used where it would be subject to observation.
Q. Finishing Slabs:
1. General: Except as elsewhere permitted in these specifications or
as shown on the drawings, all slabs, platforms, ad steps shall be finished
monolithically. The following schedule of finishes shall apply, unless
otherwise specified or shown on the plans:
a. Wood Float Finish: Roof slabs, valve vault and manholes, floor
slabs of basirs and tops of walls, exterior slabs except
working platforms.
b. Steel Trowel Finish; All interior slabs.
c. Brush Finish: Steps, walkways, exterior working platform.
/'.s soon as concrete placing operations have been completed for a slab section
of suffieienL width to permit finishing operations, the concrete shall be ap-
proximat.+ly leveled and then struck off, tamped, and screeded. 'the screed
shall be of a design adaptable to the use inteded, shall have provisions for
vertical adjustment, and shall be sufficiently rigid to hold true to shape
during use.
104-17
The initial strike off shall leave the concrete surface at an elevation
slightly above g_-ade so that, when consolidation and finishing operations
are completed, the surface of the slab will be it the grade elevation shown
on the plans. Tamping and screeding operations shall be continued until the
concrete is properly consolidated and the surface voids are eliminated. The
surface shall then be brought to a smooth true alignment by means of longi-
tudinal screeding, floating, belting, and/or other methods approved by the
Engineer. When templates are used, they shall be of such design as to permit
early removal in order to avoid construction joints and to permit satisfactory
finishing at and adjacent to the template.
While the concrete is still plastic, the surface shall be straightedged b)
the use of a standard ten (10) foot metal straightedge. Each pass of the
straightedge shall lap half of the preceding pass. All high spots shall be
removed and a.'_ depressions shall be filled with fresh concrete and refloated.
The checking with straightedge shall continue during the final finishing
operation until the surface is true to grade and free of depressions, high
spots, voids, or rough spots. The final surface shall be checked with the
straightedge and shall conform to the following: ordinates measured from
the face of the straightedge to the surface of the slab shall not exceed one-
sixteenth inch per foot from the nearest point of contact and the maximum
ordinate shall be one-eighth inch.
Edges at all expansion joints, _,onstruction joints, and elsewhere as directed
by the Engineer, shall be rounded with a suitable jointing or edging tool.
2. Wood Float Finish: Surfaces shall be finished using a wood float
to a true even plane with no coarse aggregate visible. In the initial
floating, while the concrete is plastic, sufficient pressure shall be used
on the wood float to bring all excess moisture to the surface so that it can
be removed. A final "tight float" finish shall be given to the surface as
the concrete hardens. The surface shall have a uniform appearance and shall
meet the straightness requirements.
3. Steel Trowel Finish: After all surfac,2 moisture has disappeared
following the initial wood float finish, surfaces shall be steel trowelled
to a smooth, even, impervious finish, free from blemishes including trowel
marks. Where indicated on the plans, a floor hardener shall be applied to
slabs receiving a steel trowel finish. Floor hardener shall be Lupidolith,
as manufactured by L. Sonneborn and Sons and shall be applied in three ap-
plications in strict accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.
4. Brush Finish: Following the steel trowel finish, surface of the
concrete shall be brushed lightly with a soft-bristled brush. The brush shall
be kept clean and shall be dipped in water frequently so that it will be
clean and wet at all times. Brushing shall be limited to that necessary to
remove the glaze and produce a nonslip surface
l04-18
/r
5. Power--Machine Finish ( tion): In lieu of hand finishing, surfaces
of slabs requiring wood float finish may be finished with an approved power
finishing machine, which machine shall be operated in accordance with the
directions of the machine manufacturer. Following machine finishing, ir-
regularities left by the machine shall be eliminated by hand trowelling
with a steel trowel. Power machine finishing may also be used as initial
step in finishing surfaces requiring steel trowel finish; however, for
steel trowel finishes the entire surface shall be given its final finish
by hand, using a steel trowel. Where eteel trowel surfaces are to receive
a floor covering, it is not required that entire surface be hand trowelled,
but all irregularities left by the finishing machine shall be eliminated
by hand trowelling. The preparation of surfaces for finishing by machine
shalt. in general be as hereinbefore required for hand finishing.
6. Surfaces Requiring Drainage: 4Jhere indicated on the Plans, slabs
shall be sloped to provide drainage, with such slabs to have a minimum thick-
ness of that shown on the plans. Where floor drains are shown in slabs and
slope of floor is not indicated, floors shall be sloped to drain on a grade
of one-sixteenth inch (1/161$) per foot with a maximum total slope of one
and one quarter inches (1-1/4"). Thickness r` slab at floor drain shall
be thickness of slab as indicated on the plans.
7. Sidewalks: Sidewalks shall be given a brush finish. Sidewalks
shall be "flagged" at a space equal to the width of the walk using an ap-
proved tool having a radius of approximately one-quarter (1/4") inch.
8. Finishinp: in Hot, Dry Weather: During periods of i.igh temperature
and/or lcv, humidity, extreme care shall be taken in the finishing of ,:labs
to eliminate initial shrinkage cracks. Following the initial set of coo-
crete but while the concrete is still "green", finishing; shall continue as
required to remove shrinkage cracks which may occur in the initial set of
concrete. In hot, dry weather, a cement finisher shall remain on the job
following normal finishing operations for a sufficient length of time to
insure the removal of initial shrinkage cracks.
R. Finishing of Walls and Other Structures:
1. General: All concrete shall be finished as specified hereinunder.
All patching, repairing, finishing, and cleaning shall follow immediately
after the removal of forms, and all finishing shall be completed within
seven days after fortes are removed. Careful attention shall be given to
curing as finishing progresses. The Engineer may withhold payment for
concrete work until all finishing is completed as specified.
2. Rou ph Finish: All concrete for which no special finish is indicated
or required shalt have all ties removed and all holes filled as specified in
Paragraph "Filling Tie 11oles", and all defects repaired as specified in
Paragraph "Patching" above. All fins and rough edges shall he remover.
1U4-i9
3. Rubbed Finish:
a, Procedure: The rubbing operation shall be in accordance with
the following provisions. As soon as forms are rF,moved, all necessary
pointing shall be done. Any curing compound which may be on areas to
receive a rubbed finish shall be removed with an acid solution. When the
patching and pointing have set sufficiently to pzrmit it, all surfaces re-
quiring a rubbed finish shall be wet with a brush and given a first surface
rubbing with a No. 16 carborundum stone or an abrasive of equal quality.
The rate or removal of forms shall be determined by the rate of the completed
rubbing. The glazed surface of the concrete shall be broken with Lhe stone,
and a thin coating of a "rubbing aid" shall be spread on the surface being
worked. The rubbing aid shall be as follows:
MIX FOR RUBBING AID
Batch enough for one hour by volume
4 Parts Portland cement
1 Part white cement
2 Parts masonry sand
1 Part Daraweld-C bonding agent or approved equal
Add enough water to give a stiff consistency
The paste produced by rubbing the existing concrete with the
rubbing aid shall cover the entire surface being rubbed and shall be worked
into surface pits and irregularities. Form marks atid projections shall be
removed so as to produce.- a smooth dense surface. While the paste is still
soft, it shall be stripped vertically with a brush so as to produce a uni-
form neat appearance. Ceilings shall be stripped uniformly in one direction,
The surface shall be kapt moist for Turing. The operation should cover
about 10 square feet at a time, and each additional area worked should
slightly overlap the preceding area.
At the time of final acceptance, the surfaces of all concrete
structures shall be clean and uniform in texture and color. If necessary
to accomplish this, the Engineer may require the Contractor to apply a "Roll
on" coat of mortar slurry. The mortar slurry shall be as follows-
MIX FOR ROLL ON COAT
Batch enough for one hour by volume
4 Parts portland cement
1 Tart white cement
1 Part masonry sand
Adl equal parts of Daraweld-C bonding agent (or approved
equal) and water to give a "thick cream" consistency
104-20
In order to achieve a ;nif
.orm color in the roll on coat, each
batch of slurry shall he large c,nough to cover one side of a structure
completely. The surface to be coated shall be thoroughly cleaned before
the coating is applied. The slurry shall be applied in a uniform manner
with a roller such as the roller;; used in the application of paint.
b. Surfaces to be Rubbed:
All outside exFosed walls and inside walls from the top to 6"
below water level in Flocculator Basins (including inside walls
of Drive Wells) and Settling Basins. Exposed outside walls and
inside walls of filter boxes above surface of filter media.
Inside walls and ceiling and outside exposed walls of the Pipe
Gallery.
Fxposed outside and inside walls of Wash Water Return Bat-'in and
Pump Station.
All other miscellaneous exposed vertical surfaces, including
vaults, manholes, etc.
END OF ITEM
104-21
ITEM NO. 105 - REINFORCING STEEL
A. Description: This Item contains L'etail specifications for furnishing re-
inforcing steel of the type, size and quantity designed for use in structures
as shown on the 21ans and in accordance with these requirements.
B. Materials: All bar reinforcement shall be open hearth new billet steel
of intermediate grade. New billet steel shall conform to the requirements
of the latest Standard Specification for Billet-Steel Concrete Reinforcement
Bars, A.S.T.M. Designation A-15.
Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, all reinforcing bars shall be deformed
bars, and shall conform to the requirements of the latest issue of the Tenta-
tive Specificaticns for Minimum Requirements for the Deformation of Deformed
Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement, A.S.T.M. Designation A-305.
Wire for fabric reinforcement shall be cold-drawn from rods hot rolled from
open hearth billets. Wire shall conform to the requirements of the latest
Standard Specification for Drawn '.;ire for Concrete Reinforcement, A.S.T.M.
Designation A-82.
The nominal size and area and the theoretical weight of reinforcing steel bars
covered by this specification are as follows:
Bar Designation Nominal Diameter Nominal Area Weight
Number (Inches) _ (Square_Inches) (Per Lin. Ft.)
2 .250 .049 .167
3 .375 .110 .376
4 .500 .196 .668
5 .625 .307 1.043
6 .750 .442 1.502
7 .875 .601 2.044
8 1.000 .785 2.670
9 1.128 1.000 3.400
10 1.270 1.266 4.303
11 1.410 1.563 5.313
When wire is ordered by gauge numbers; the following relation between number
and diameter, in inches, shall apply:
Gauge No. Equivalent Diameter Gauge No. Equivalent Diameter
(Inches) (Inches)
0 0.3065 8 0.1620
1 .2830 9 .1483
2 .2625 10 .1350
3 .2437 11 .1205
4 .2253 12 .1055
5 .2070 13 .0915
6 .1920 14 .0800
7 .1770
105-1
Bar supports or chairs shall be furnished in accordance with the Concrete
Reinforcing Steel Institute Manual of Standard Practice. Bar supports which
will be used in roof slabs which will have a rubbed finish on the bottom side
shall have uniform high density polyethylene tips on the legs. The tips shall
be approximately 1/4 inch thick between the ends of the chair legs and the form,
and shall be as manufactured by Plastichair or equal.
C. Reinforcing Steel Schedules: Pti.or to the delivery of any reinforcing
steel to the site of the rrckiect., the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer
complete schedules for all reinforcing steel to be used in the work, showing
the location, number of bars, length ►nd bending diagrams for all bars. The
submission of such schedules shall not relieve the Contractor from furnishing
all of the reinforcement required for the construction and completion of the
project in full accordance with the requirements of the contract documents.
D. Bendin : The reinforcement shall be bent cold to shapes indicated on the
Plans. All bending shall be done in the shop. Bends shall be true to the
shapes indicated, and irregularities in bending shall be cause for rejection.
Unless otherwise shown on the ?fans, bends for stirrups and ties shall be
made around a pin having a diameter of not less than two (2) times the minimum
thickness of the bars.
E. Storing: Steel reinforcement shall be stored above the surface of the
ground upon platforms, skids, or other supports and shall be protected as
far as practicable from mechanical injury and surface deterioration caused
by exposure to conditions producing rust. When placed in the work, it shall
be free from mud, scale, dust, paint, oil, or other foreign material.
F. Splices:
1. Lap F;lives: No splicing of bars, except when shown on the Plans,
will be permitted without the written approval of the Engineer. Approval of
bar bending schedules or of placing drawings will constitute written approval.
Splices which are permitted shall have a length of not less than 30 times the
diameter of the reinforcement, but not less than 12 inches, except in the
case of welded splices, and shall be well distributed or else located at
points of low tensile stress. The clear distance between bars shall apply
to the clear distance between a contact splice and adjacent contact splices
or bars. The bars shall be rigidly clamped or wired at all splices in a
manner approved by the Engineer.. Sheets of wire mesh or fabric shall overlap
each other sufficiently to maintain a uniform strength and shall be securely
fastened at the ends and edges.
2. Welded Splices: where shown on the Plans or required by the pro-
visions of this item or other pertinent specifications, welded bar splices
shall be used. Tn general, such splices shall be so located that not more
than two b^rs in any twelve-inch width of the member shall be spliced at any
one point.
105-2
Splices shall be full penetration direct butt welds, single-bevel groove
weld for vertical bars and single vee groove weld for horizontal bars.
Welders performing these welds shall have been previously qualified by test
prescribed in the Standard Qualification Procedure of the American Welding
Soc.ety, latest edition. The test shall be certified to by a qualified
commercial testing laboratory to be approved by the Engineer. All welding
will be subject to laboratory inspection.
G. Placing: Steel reinforcement shall be placed in the exact position as
shosr,l on the plans and held securely in place during the placing of the con-
crete. The minimum clear distance between bars shall be two times the bar
diameter. Vertical st'.rrups shall always pass around the main tension
members and be securely attached thereto.
The reinforcing steel in all concrete slabs shall be held firmly in place.,
as shown on the drawings, by wire supports or "chair". Wire size and spacing
of the chairs shall be sufficient to properly support the steel, and shall be
in accordance with teh "CRSE Recommended Practice for Placing Bars" manual.
Bar supports which whel be used in roof slabs which will have a rubbed finish
on the bottom side shall have polyethylene tips, as specified.
The reinforcing steel in all concrete walls shall be spaced its proper dis-
tance from the face of the forms, as shown on the drawings, by means of
approved galvanized metal spacers or approved precast mortar or concrete
blocks. Unless provisions for welding is made, all rein`-rcing steel shall
be wired together at all intersections. Before any concrete is placed, all
mortar blocks to be used for holding steel in position adjacent to formed
surfaces shall be cast in individual molds meeting the approval of the Engineer
and shall be cured by covering with wet burlap until aged sufficiently to be
removed from the molds, at which time the blocks shall be immersed in water
for the remainder of at least a four-day curing period. The blocks shill
preferably be cast with the sides beveled and in such manner that the size
of the block increases away from the area to bi placed against the forms.
Blocks in the form of a frustum of a cone or pyramid are preferred. A suit-
able tie wire shall be provided in each block, such wire t) be used for
anchoring the block to the steel in order to avoid displacement in placing
the concrete. Except in unusual cases, and when specifically otherwise
authorized by the Engineer, the size of ti,e surface to be placed adjacent
to the forms shall not exceed two and one-half (2-1/2") inches square or
the equivalent thereof in cases where circular or rectangular areas are
provided. Blocks shall be accurately cast to the thickness required, and
the surface to be placed adjacent Lo the forms shall be a true plane free
of surface imperfections. No concrete shall be deposited until the Engineer
has inspected the placing of the reinforcing metal and given permission to
place concrete, Exposed reinforcing intended for bonding with future ex-
tensions shall be effectively protected from corrosion.
END Of ITEM
105-1
1
ITEM NO. 106 - METAL FOR STRUCTURES AND MISCELLANEOUS METAL.
A. General: This item covers all metals used in structures and appurtenances.
Unless otherwise specified, t;iese metals shall conform to applicable speci-
fications of the American Society for Testing Materials. When not covered
by the above named specifications or by these specifications, metal meeting
the requirements of some recognized and generally accepted ,,Pcification
and of standard commercial quality may be furnished subject to the approval
of the Engineer. Standard specifications of A.S.T.M. referred to above
shall be the latest standard or tentative standard specifications issued
by the Society prior to receipt of bids.
B. Structural Steel: All structural steel shall confoom to the requirements
of the Standard Specifications for Structural Steel for Bridges and Buildings,
A.S.T.M. Designation A-36, and supplemented by the following:
(1) Rolled material shall be free from cracks, flaws, injurious seams,
laps, blisters, ragged and imperfect edge,, and other defects. It shall have
a smooth, uniform finish, and shall be straightened in the mill before shipment.
(2) Material shall be free from loose mill scale, rust pits, or other
defects affecting its strength and durability.
C. Sheet Metal b Black: Sheet metal shall conform to Standard Specifications
for Light Gage Structure: Quality Flat Rolled Carbon Steel, A.S.T.M. Desig-
nation A-245, or A-246; or Standard Specifications for Hot-Rolled :trip of
Structural Quality, A.S.T.M. Designation A-303 of grade specified by the
Engineer.
e•
D. Galvanizinv: Galvanizing of metal, other than sheet metal, shall conform
to the requirements of the Standard Specifications for Zinc (Not Galvanized)
Coatings on Structural Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars and their products,
A.S.T.M. Designation A-123. Articles fabricated from structural shapes, plates
and sheet metal to be galvanized after fabrication shall be galvanized in
accordance with A.S.T.M. Specifications Designation A-123.
E. Sheet Metal - Galvanized: Galvanized sheets shall conform to the require-
ments of Standard Specifications for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Iron nr Steel
Sheets, A.S.T.M. Designation A-93, or Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Wrought Iron
Sheets, A.S.T.M. Designation A-163.
F. Comer: Copper furnished under these specifications shall be free from
flaws or surface imperfections and shall be manufactured from commercially
pure, soft copper bars and shall be fully ductile and of soft temper conforming
to Standard Specification for Copper Sheet Strip and Plate, A.S.T.M. Designation
B-152.
G. Lead: Lead sheets shall be uniform in thickness, free from surface im-
perfections, and shall be manufactured from commercially pure, virgin pig
lead.
106-1
11. Wrought Iron: Wrought iron shall conforn to the requirements of the
Standard Specifications for Refined Iron Bars, Wrought Iron Plates or
Welded Wrought Iron Pipe, A.S.T.M. Designations A-41, A-42, and A-72,
respectively. Transverse ductility of wrought iron plates shall not be
less than three (3%) per cent nor more than eitht (SY.) per cent.
1. Manhole Stems: Manhole steps shall be of cast iron and shall be Trinity
Valley Iron & Steel Company, No. 100.
J. Manhole Rin&s and Covers: Manhole rings and covers =hill be of cast iron
and shall be equal to the brand and pattern num)er called for on the Plans.
K. Subway Gratings: All subway gratings shalt be aluminl:m and shall be Borden,
Type B, pressure lock design, or approved equ,.1, with bearing bars 1-3/16"
on centers and cross bars 4" on centers. Bearing bar sizes shall be as shown
on the drawings. If no size is shown, sizes shall he in accordance with manu-
facturer's recommendation for required span. Where gratings are used for
steps, they shall have 1-1/4" wide cast abrasive ncsings,
L. Aluminum Nosing on Staire, Shall be aluminum super grit #142, 4" wide,
nosing with anchors for casting in concrete as manufactured by Wooster Pro-
ducts, Inc., or an approved equal.
M. Steel. Joists: Steel Joists shall be in accordance with "SLandprd SpcTi-
ficatf.)ns of Steel Joist Institute for Open Web Steel Joists for If-Series,
LH-Series, J-Series, and LA-Series". Steel shall conform to ASTM '.441 or A242
and A36 fur series as given above. Bridging shall be in accordance with the
Standard Specifications. Header Joists shall be as indicated and anchors
as detailed. Fabricate, Joists by are welding in accordance with American
Welding Code for Fusion Welding. Frunish shop drawings for all Joist Install-
ations.
Erect Joints in accordance with "Standard Specifications" of the Steel Joist
Institute, level and true or sloped as indicated and secured so as to remain
in place while placing decks. Place bridging; immediately after setting Joists.
Kindle Joists with care, and store off ground. Review drawings for location
of special depth and length of Joist seats.
For steel Joists in concealed areas, paint shall be asphalt bitumen base
containing not over 105; carbon pigment and not over 107, saponaceous ma'.:rial.
For steel Joists exposed to view, a shop coat of No. 506 Liquid Red Lead
Primer as manufactured by the Glidden Company, or an approved equal.
Touch-up all surfaces where shop coat has been marred through handling or
welding.
Finish painting of exposed Joists, if required, will re, done as specified under
Section "Painting".
f.ND OF ITEM
106-2
ITEM 107 - STEEL STRUC'IURFS
A. General: This item covers the fabrication and erection of structural
steel and other metals, which are used for steel structures or metal portions
of structures except for those metal structures covered by other specification
items.
B. Materials: The metal used for the various portions of the structures
shall be as specified under "Metal for Structures" of these specifications.
C. ibrication: Fabrication, unless otherwise stipulated in these speci-
fications, shall. conform to AISC Specification for the Design, Fabrication,
and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings, latest revision. Shop drawings
shall be furnished as provided for under "Special Provisions."
D. Welding: All welding -,perations, processes, equipment, materials, work-
manship, and qualifications shall conform to the requirements C'F the Code
for Arc and Gas idelding Jn Building Construction of the Americ. Welding
Society. After cleaning, aid within 24 hours after depositing, Wields shall
be spot painted with a )alnt conforming to pertinent provisions of the painting
specifications. Qualific?ttons of welders will be required. A qualified
commercial testing laboratory which has been approved by the Engineer will
administer the qualification tests as prescribed in the American Welding
Society Standard Qualification Procedure for the type of work required. The
expense of the qualffica~:ion tests shall be borne by the Contractor. All
welding will be subject to laboratory inspection.
1'. Shop PaintiEl: U:iless otherwise provided, the shop paint and application
shall conform to the requirements of A1SC Standard Specifications. Metal
protective paint shall br Pittsburgh No. hC-30002 lead chromate or Pittsburgh
yo. UC-32209 zinc chromate.
F. Erection:
1. Applicable Standards: erection, unless otherwise stipulated in theca
specifications, shnll conform to AISC Specification for the Design, Fabri-
cation, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings, latest revision.
2. Methods and_Fouipment: Before starting work, the Contractor shall
inform the Engineer fully as to the method of erection he proposes to follow
and as to the aa,ount and character of the equipment he proposes to usc, the
ddequaty of which shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. The
approval of the Engineer shall not be considered as relieving the Contractor
of thr responsibility for the safety or adequacy of his methods or equipment
or from cattyin; out the work iii full accordance with the plans and specifi-
cations. No work shall be done without the sanction of the Engineer. The
Contractor shall provide the falsework and all tools, machinery, nni appliances
necessary for the expeditious handling of the work.
3. Storing Materials: All material shall be handled in such manner that
no injur.,,r will result Material to be stored shall be placed on skids above
107-1
l
i
the ground and shall be kept clean and properly dra'.ned. Girders and beams
shall be placed upright and shored. Fong members such as columns and chords,
shall be supported on skids placed near enough together to prevent i:~jury from
deflection.
4. Falsework: The falsework shall be properly designed for the loads
to be supported and shall be substantially constructed and iuaintained. The
Contractor shall prepare and submit plans for falsework to the Fngineer for
approval. Approval of the Contractor's plans shall not be considered as
relieving the Contractor of any responsibility.
5. Bearing and Anchorage: Bearing plates shall not be placed upon seat
bearing areas which are improperly finished. Bear..ng plates Shall be set in
exact position and shell have a full and eves: bearing upon the masonry. The
Contractor shall drill he holes and set the anchor bolts, except where the
holes are formed or the `,olts are built into the masonry. The bolts shall
be accurately set and fixed with grout completely fi'.ling the holes.
6. Strai htening Bent Mat,:rial: The straightening of plates and angles
or other shapes shall be done by methods not likely to produce fracture of
other injury. The metal shall not be heated unless permitted by the Engineer,
in which cAse, the heating shall not be to a higher temperature than that
required to produce a dark "cherry red" color. After heating, the metal
shall be cooled slowly. Following the straightening of a bend, the surface
of the metal shall be carefully inspected for evidence of fracture. If
members are damaged in straightening, they shall not be used in the con-
struction.
7. Misfits: Correctness of minor misfits and reasonable amount of
reaming and cutting oC excess stock will be considered a legitimate part of
the erection. Any error in shop work which prevents the proper assembling
and fitting-up or parts by the moderate use of drift bins or a moderate
amount of reaming and light chipping or cutting shall be reported immediately
to the Engineer, and his approval of the method of correction shall be
obtained. The correction shall br made is the presence of the Engineer,
whi will check the material. Fu.h work is to be done at the entire expense
of the Contractor. d
END OF ITDI
107-2
Of .a1 ~~r
1TE4 NO. 108 - LIME STORAGE SILO
A. Scope: The work covered by this section of the specifications consists
of furnishing all plant labor, equipment, appliances and materials, and in
performing all operations in connection with the design and constructidn of
the round pebble-lime storage silo, complete in strict accordance with this
section of the specifications and the applicable drawings and subject to the
terms and conditions of this contract.
B. General: The tark portion of the silo shall be designed, furnished and
erected, complete, in strict conformity with the "Standard Specifications
for Elevated Steel Water Tanks, Standpipes, and Reservoirs," as prepared by
the American Water. works Assaciation, and these specifications. The sup-
porting structural steel frame sh,zll conform to the American Institute of
Steel Construction "Specification.: fo, Design, Fabrication, and Erection of
Structural Steel for Buildings." the Contractor shall be responsible for
the adequacy of the design of the silo, and Paragraph 3.03 of the General
Conditions of Agreement will not apply to this item.
C. Derailed Requirements:
1. Design Data: The structure shall be of all welded type and the plates
in the shell and cone shall be butt-welded. The plate in the roofing may
be lap-welded. Minimum plate thickness shall be one-quarter (1/4") inch.
All welds and welding shalt conform to the American Welding Society Code
"Standard Code for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction." Columns
shall be standard H-sections, cross braced as required.
2. Design Loads: Th tank shall be designed for bulk::iemicals weighing
sixty (60) pounds per cubic: foot. Roof shall be designed fLr a live load
of twenty (20) pounds per square foot.
3., Accessories: T'ie storage silo shall have a dust-tight access man-
hole in the roof and su.table climbing rung: on the inside of the silo
from the manhole location to the bottom of the cone. Handrails around the
top periphery, outside ladder, flanged outlet, on cone, 4-inch steel inlet
pipe at top, and vibrator mounting bracket, shall be as shown on the Plans
and/or of proper di:menstor.a to fit equipment to he attached.
D. Shop and Erection Drawings: The Contractor shall s,ibmit to the Engineer,
for approval, four sets of shop and erection drawings. The drawings shall be
complete with details of all steel and accessories and of the assembling of
all the items required fot the complete installation. The general arrange-
ment of the silo, supporting frame, and accessories shall be as shown on the
Plans. The shop and erection drawings will be checked and one set returned
to the Contractor if approved. If not approved, corrections will be noted
on the drawings, which will be returned to the Contractor for the necessary
changes. After the changes have been made, four sets of the corrected
drawings shall be submitted for final approval. Final approval of the
j
108-1
drawing shall not be construed as a complete check, but shall serve only to
indicate that the general method of construction is satisfactory. Approval
of the drawings will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibilf.ty for
adequacy of structural design and of installing the lime storage silo con-
forming in every respect to the requirements of this specification.
E. Foundation: The foundations for the lime storage silo and accessories
shall be constructed as shown on the contract plans and in conformance with
the applicable requirements of Item No. 103, "Concrete," of these specifi-
cations.
F. Painting: Outside surfaces shall be shop sandblasted and primed in
accordance with the "Painting" Item of the specifications. Inside surfaces
will not require painting. Surfaces prepared in the field for painting shall
receive a prime coat using the same primer as used for shop coat. After
erection and all exterior surfaces are correctly primed, the exterior of the
silo shall be given coats of paint as herein specified.
END OF ITEM
108-1
I. 109 - SANITATION AND CLEAN UP
A. Gent,rait During construction the Contractor shall maintain the premises
in a neat, orderly, and presentable condition. Scraps and debris shall not
be left scattered around but shall be assembled at one place. When construction
under the Contract has been otherwise completed, the Contractor shall remove
all left over construction materials', equipment, scraps, debris, and rubbish,
and leave the site in a neat, well-kept appearance. The area adjacent to the
plant shall be graded and left in a neat appearance.
To provide good sanitary conditions during construction, the Contractor
shall provide adequate sanitary facilities for the workmen, and Contractor
shall not permit any unsanitary practices to continue which would prove object-
ionable to the surrounding property ovners. At the completion of the wror.. all
buildings and structures shall be broom clean. He shall clean the walls of
all hydraulic structures of dirt, stains, or other material and pipes shall
be left free of any and all foreign material. fie shall remove all marks,
stains, dirt and soil from all finished surfaces and shall thoroughly clean
all floors, clean and polish all finished hardware and other such devices.
END OF ITEM
I09-i
ITEM NO. 110 - FOUNDATION FOR STEEL STORAGE TANK
A. General: This item covers the construction of the concrete ring wall,
gravel and sand foundation for the 2,000,000 gallon steel ground storage
tank. The concrete ringwall and inlet-ourlet pipe vaults shall be con-
structed of Class "A" concrete and shall be of the dimensions as indicated
on the Plans. The foundation shall consist of four (4") inches of gravel
and two (2") inches of sand cushion. The steel tank will be constructed
by others.
B. Excavation, Backfill and Sub-Grade: All excavations and backfill shall
be as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. The sub-grade within
the ring wall shall be free of loose material, vegetation and roots. The
sub-grade shall be graded to a cone shape with the center being approximately
seven and one-half (7-1/2") inches higher than the outer edges. It is in-
tended that drainage will be from the center cun_,_nrds. The sub-grade shall
be thoroughly compacted.
C. Gravel Base: A four (411) inch gravel base shall be placed according
to the details shown on the Plans. Gravel shall be pla^_ed and shall be
compacted with a pneurkitic tire roller.
The base material shall be washed gravel or crushed stone and shall comply,
in general, with the requirements for coarse aggergate, as specified under
the Item, "Concrete for Structures". The gradation shall be as follows:
0 - 5 retained on a 1" screen.
25 - 75% retained on a 112" screen
95 - 100: retained on a I/4" screen.
D. Sand Cushion: The sand cushion shall be washed sand with 907, passing
a 1/4-inch sieve and nLt pore than 10% passing a No. 8 sieve. The sand
shall be placed and thoroughly compacted. The sand cushion shall be cone
shaped with t slope of one W') inch In ten (10') feet from the center to
the outer edge and shall be thoroughly compacted.
E. Pipe Connections to Tank: This Contractor will be required to make
the connections to the tank as shown on the Plans. The foundation shaLL
be completed and th.: tangy: erected prior to making these connections.
M OF ITEM +
110-1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION II
PLANT MUMNICA1,
SECTION II - PLANT MECHANICAL
ITEM 201 - GENERAL
A. General: This item covers the general requirements for furnishing and
installing all equipment and material covered under Section II - Plant
Mechanical. The specifications are intended to be so written that only
first-class, highest quality material will be furnished. It is the opinion
of the Engineer that those items mentioned in the specifications by brand
or manufacturer are of this type.
The Contractor is to install items of equipment specified under this Section
and shown on the plans. Time on the job for equipment representative has
been specified for certain groups of equipment. For other equipment items
the Contractor is expected to require his supplier to have a trained service
man available on the job as required to insure that the equipment is installed
according to good practice and their recommendations a::d that after Installa-
tion the operating personnel are fully advised as to proper use and care of
the equipment.
B. Equipment Check-Out: Alter installation and before placing in service
the Contractor shall ascertain from the manufacturer that the equipment as
installed is ready for service. This includes the proper oiling or lubri-
cation of equipment by the Contractor, checking for alignment, proper
bracing or support, correct electrical connnection, etc., so that the actual
operation of equipment will cause no damage.
C. Testing Lines: All lines installed by the Contractor for handling water,
air, or otherwise is to be tests:d for tightness and suitability for service.
In general this has been covered under 1?i2e Work. The Contractor is expected
to test all piping at such times and in such manner as to facilitate repairs
before other work to be done is in conflict and interferes with proper re-
pair work. In general this would indicate that lines should be tested be-
fore backfilling or placing structures over the piping. After testing, the
Engineer shall approve the installation before proceeding.
D. Lubricants: All equipment shall be serviced with oil, grease, and any
other required lubricants.
E. Special Tools: Any special tools necessary rc, assemble and service any
item of equipment shall be furnished with the item. Each special tool shall
be properly marked to indicate the equipment for which :t is to be used.
F. Charts and Inks; A one (1) year supply of charts and ink shall be
furnished for all recording instruments.
END OF ITEM
201-1
ITEM 202 - FLOCCULATORS
A. General: This item covers the furnishing and installing of four (4)
new flocculator units in new flocculation basins, and the removal and re-
placement of four (4) existing flocculator units, along with conversion
of existing units to the dry drive type. All units shall be installed
as shown on the plans in a workmanlike manner, and in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Existing Flocculators: Thy: four (4) existing flocculator units are
"Floctrols", manufactured by the Jeffrey Manufacturing Company. Dimensions
of the basins and general dimensions of the equipment are shoti:n on the
Planu, and manufac,urer's shop drawings are available for review in the
office of the Engineer. This Contractor shall construct concrete dry
wells for the Flocculator drive units, and replace all existing equipment
except for the two single speed drive units. These two drives shall be
salvaged and re-installed as shown on the Plans, with new sprockets and
chains. All equipment and materials supplied for rebuilding the existing
flocculators shall be as specified herein for the proposed new units.
C. Operation: Each mechanism shall be designed to accomplish mixing by
providing a single speed dear in the tank. The tank is divided into three
(3) compartments by means of concrete baffles desig-ied to provide increasing
time periods in the direction of flow through thk tank.
D. Paddle Wheels: The paddle wheels shall be approximately 10'-6" in
diameter, mounted on solid steel shafts of not less than 3-7/16 inches
diameter. Each shaft shall be coupled to the next by means of a flanged
coupling. Flanges shall be of 1" minimum thickness steel and shall be
welded both sides to steel shaft. Paddle arms shall be made of steel
angles 3" x 2-1/2" x 5/16" fastened to the shaft by means of steel plates
1/2 inch thick. The paddle blades shall be mane of 2" x 4" redwood fastened
to the arms by means of suitable bolts and lock washers. The peripheral
speed of the paddle:: shall range between 0.75, 1.10 and 1.50 feet per
second. Each paddle unit in the first compartment shall have four (4)
sets of arms placed 40" apart. To each pair of arms shall be attached
five (5) blades of proper length, spaced 12-inches center to center,
starting at the periphery of the paddle wheel. Each paddle wheel in the
two (2) second compartments shall have two (2) sets of arms placed 180°
apart. To each pair of arms shall be attached five (5) blades of proper
length, spaced 12-inchea center to center, starting at the periphery of
the paddle wheel.
For each unit, there shall be furnished three (3) drive sprockets, only
one (1) of which shall be installed, to give the peripheral speed of the
paddles set forth above.
E. Underwater Bearings: Underwater bearings may be water lubricated
provided with Gatf:e bushings, or equal, or they may be babbitted bearings
202-1
with provision for grease lubrication from the surface of tt.e basin.
F. Drive Units: A separate drive unit shall be furnished for each
f1occulr.tor. The drive unit shall consist of a single speed Falk gear
reducer, operating at a speed of 6 RPM.
Two similar units shall be supplied to replace two variable speed units
now installed at the plant.
Units shall be equipped with anti-friction bearings and shall be made
in accordance with A.C.M.A. Standards for 24-hour continuous q~-rvice.
The motors for the drive units shall be of sufficient power to start
and drive the units continuously without overloading, and shall be a
minimum of 3/4 horsepower. They shall be totally enclosed motors designed
for outdoor installation. They shall operate on 3-phase, 460-volt, 60-cycle
current. Motor starters are speci:ied in the electrical section of these
specifications.
0. Drive Chains and Sprockets: A steel bushed roller chain shall connect
the nixer shaft to the output shaft of the single speed gear. Chains
shall have an ultimate strength of not less than 20,000 pounds per square-
inch. All sprockets shall be of alloy cast iron with chilled teeth and
r+ms, conforming to A.S.T.M. Designation A-48-41, Class 35, including
the addition of 0.25 per -?nt molybdenum and 0.50 per cent chrome. The
teeth shall be accurately formed and ground smooth to mesh accurately
with the chain. The sprockets shall be securely keyed to the shafts.
A 14-gauge galvanized chain guard shall be provided for the drive chains.
H. Shaft Seal: A shaft seal shall be provided for each driving shaft
at the drive well walls. Each seal assembly shall consist of a split,
cast iron stuffing box, with a drainable drip-catching trough, grease-
lubricated packing glands with packing rings, "Perfect" spring-loader
oil seals, and bronze lantern rings placed between the packing rings.
The packing glands shall he of split construction and take-up studs
shall be furnished as part of the stuffing box to insure the maintenance
of proper sealing pressures on the packing rings. Each stuffing box
assembly shall be furnished with a wall thimble of fabricated steel pro-
vided with galvanized anchorage bolts.
Each driving shaft, at the seal, shall be furnis~_•d with a renewable
bronze or stainless steel sleeve securely held in position on the shaft
by count-u..,unk machine screws with flat heads.
Each fabricated steel wall thimble, in which the stuffing box assembly
is placed, shall be grouted in place, along with the anchorage bolts,
only after the drive shafting has been properly aligned.
202-2
I
For four (4) existing flocculator units, new dry wells for drive units
shall be installed as shown on the plans, with shaft seals for each unit.
1. Structural Steel: All structural steel shall conform to the "Standard
Specifications for Structural Steel for Buildings" of the American Society
for Testing Materials.
J. Iron Castings: All iron castings shall be of tough, close-grained,
gray iron, free from blow holes, flaws, or excessive shrinkage. They shall
conform to the "Standard Specifications for Cray Iron Castings" of the
American Society for Testing Materials.
K. Installation: Tile flocculators shall be installed in accordance with
the Plans and Specifications and in accordance with the equipment manu-
facturer's recommendations. The mixer shafts shall be perfectly aligned
both horizontally and vertically, and driven sprockets perfectly aligned
with d::ver sprockets. All anchor bolts shall be galvanized steel. The
units shall be painted in accordance with the Painting section of these
specification;.
L. Shop Paint: All submerged metal shall be field sand blasted and coated
as herein elsewhere specified. Drive unit shall be given one shop coat of
a rust inhibitive primer equal to DuPont Dulux Primer No. 760.
F.ND OF ITEM
Mm-3
I
ITEM 203 - SLUDGE COLLECTORS
A. General: This item covers the furnishing and installing of four (4)
clarifier mechanisms , each suitable for installation in concrete tanks
49'-9" square x 14'-0" side water depth with l'-0" freeboard, and having
a bottom slope of 1" in 12". The mechanisms shall be of the above water
center drive type as manufactured by the Eimco Corp., Walker Process Equip-
ment Co., Link-Belt Co., The Dorr Co., or Rex Chain Belt Co.
Each sludge collector unit shall comprise a complete assembly including
access bridge, sludge collector mechanism with corner sweeps, above water
center drive mechanism, drive cage, center pier support, overload system,
and all anchorage parts. No underwater bearings to carry any of the vertical
thrust load will be permitted and all gearir:g must be completely enclosed
and oil lubricated.
All structural steel used in the fabrication of the mechanisms shall conform
to the requirements of "Standard Specifications for Steel for Bridges and
Buildings," A.S.T.M. Designation A-36, All shop welding st.-tll conform to
the latest standards of the American Welding Society.
Fabricated assemblies shall be shipped in the largest sections permitted
by carrier regulations and properly match-marked for ease of field erection.
The equipment supplier shall furnish the services of a trained service man
(or technical repres.ntative) on the job for a minimum period of 3 days
(8 hour days) to check the installation and advise and assist during startup
and initial operation of the equipment.
B. Walkway : The 3'-0" wide walkway with handrailing shall be suppurted by
the drive unit at the center and the tank wall at its outer end, and shall
have ample strength to safely withstand all normal operating loads. It
shall consist of two channels with the walkway of 3/16" checkered floor
plate welded between the channels. 11andrails 62" high of 1-1/2" double
row horizontal pipe shall be included.
C. Center _AssembjX; The center assembly shall consist of the drive unit
with main bearing assembly, suitable lubrication fittings and supports for
floor plate Fnd inner end of the walkway.
The drive unit shall consist of a main spur gear, pinion, worm gear and
worm driven by a minimum 1/2 HP totally enclosed gear-motor through roller
chain and sprockets enclosed in a fabricated steel guard. The main gear
and worm gear assemblies shall be enclosed in caEit iron housings provided
with felt dust seals, and designed so that all gears and bearings run in
oil. The main gear housing shall be arranged for bolting to the top flange
of the stationary support column with bolts as required for transmitting
tre design torque. The rotating center cage to which the rake arms are
attached shall be bolted to the main gear.
203-1
r
OWN
The main gear shall be of alloy cast steel or high-duty cast iron, with
minimum strength of 50,000 psi, supported by and rotating on a precision
radial-thrust type main ball bearing. The. pinion shall be of forged
alloy steel, the worm gear of cast aluminum bronze an,1 the worm of hardened
steel. The horizontal worm shall be integral with the worm shaft, and
supported by a bronze hearing and a combination radial-thrust ball bearing.
The drive v.ait shall b, designed for an output torque of not less than
20,000 ft. lbs. continuous duty and a stalled torque rating of 40,000
ft-lbs., with the strength and surface durability rating of all gears
based on standard design criteria used in the gear industry. The gear
case shall be complete with plugged oil fill and drain lines and an oil
level indicator pipe.
D. Drive Control Assemb)j: The worm shall be free to move horizontally
within the limits afforded by a calibrated compression spring at the thrust
end. The movement of the worm shaft shall be transmitted through a suit-
able linkage to a pointer visibly indicating relative load on a graduated
scale. Cams which are independently adjustable over the full torque range
shall be provided for contacting limit switches to sound an alarm, and cut
off the motor at predete mincd loads. The switches shall be of the NEMA IV
(or NaIA VII) enclosed type, mounted in a cast aluminum alloy housing.
E. Stationary S~~ort Column: The stationary support column shall be
fabricated of 1/4" reinforced hteel plate, reinforced as necessary. One
end steall. have a support fl-inge for bolting to the foundation with a similar
flange at the top for supporting the center assembly.
F. Center C Vie: The center cafe shall be of steel box truss construction.
It shall be provided with connections for the tvo sludge removal arms. The
cage top shall be bolted to the main gear v-hiclh shall rotate the cage with
the attached arms. Structural sections shall have a mini,aum thickness of
1/4-inch.
G. Sludge Removal Arms: The Clarifier Mechanisms shall include two sludge
removal arms of steel box (square o~- rectangular) crass construction with
6" steel raking blades and adjustable brass squeeg,es. The blades shill be
properly spaced to insure a complete raking of the bottom twice per revolution.
At the extremity of each am there slsll ba provided a pivoted extension
scraper for raking the area remaining at the end of each am. as it traverses
the corners of the tank. These extension arms shall each consist of a rigid
frame, free to rotate about a vertical pivot shaft and sleeve attached to
the end of the raking a mrs.
The extension scraper shall be prutecte;: from wear by a ribber tired wheel
travelling against the concrete wall. The wheel shall to maintained in con-
tact with this wall by means of a cornter.4cight attached to the opposite
end of the extension frame, through a chain traveling over sheaves on each
203-2
aW I
arm to the adjacent side of the cage, terminating in a vertical-traveling
counterweight suspended from the cage. The pivot bearings shall have grease
lubricated split bronze bearings with grease seals. The design shall pro-
vide for lubrication at initial start-tip and during draw periods of the
tank.
All structural ..embers of the truss arms and :xtension arr.s shall. have
a 1/4-inch minimum metal thickness.
A curved raking blade shall be attached to the extension scraper arm
so that, regardless of its position during revolution of the mechanism, it
will displace settled sludge toward the sludge hopper at the center of the
tank. The speed of the rotating arms shall be .03 RPM.
H. Alarm Unit: There shall be furnished with each Clarifier one weather-
proof alarm unit complete with an industrial type horn, relay, ar.o reset
button. The alarm box shall be of cast iron having a removable, gasketed,
cast iron cover. The electric horn shall be constructed of non-corrosive
mate ial, and so designed that it may be remotely located or rigidly
mounted on the alarm box proper.
I. Anchor Bolts: Galvanized steel anchor bolts with necessary hex nuts
and washers shall be provided for all items of the Clarifier ;•lechanism to
be secured to the ClarifI.er tank.
J. Electrical Characteristics: The Clarifier drive motor shay, be rated
for operation on 230/460 volt, 3 phase, 60 hertz operation. The drive control
and alarm units shall be wired for c -anon on 120 volt, single-phase.
current.
K. Painting: All structural steel sections and underwater parts shall be
field nand blasted and coated. Drive units, handrails, and above water
parts shall be painted with one shop coat of a rust inhibitive primer equal
to DuPont Dulux. Primer No. 760.
END OF ITEM
203-3
ITEM NO. 204 - FILTER UJDE:RDRAINS
A. General:: This item covers the furnishing and installation off a filter
underdrain system for each of the eight (8) filters. The underdrain systems
shall be manufactured by the F. B. Leopold Company, Inc., Pittsburg, Pa.
Installation shall be under supervision of an "on-the-job" trained repre-
sentative of the F. 8. Leopold Company.
Underdrains: The underdrain systems shall be of the compound duplex filter
bottom type, consisting of precast vitrified clay filter blocks with built-in
headers and collecting system, as indicated on the Plans. The blocks shall
be designed to provide a secondary distributor with holes in the top of the
blocks. The laterals and the secondary distributors shall be combined in
the same block. The blocks shall be made of vitrified deaited fire clav,
thoroughly vi_rified and carefully glazed. The filter blocks shall have a
maximum absorption of eight (8%) per cent when tested according to A.S.T.M.
Specifications, Serial Designation No. C-13 50T. Glazed the will sleeves
(spools) shall be furnished and installed as shown on the Plans and at the
spacing recommended by the filter bottom manufacturer.
C. Installation: Care shall be taken in handling and storing of filter
blocks to avoid any breakage or damaging of edges. Any bloc'cs that have
imperfections, such as cracks chipped places, blisters, or any other
imperfections whatsoever, shall be rejected and the Contractor shall be
required to remove such blocks from the project site. The blocks shall
be set level over the entire filter area and at the time of installation
shall be set on fresh grout. All blocks shall be set with proper dowels,
gaskets, and joint plates included by the manufacturer to insure proper
alignment and to provide tight joints. Grout shall be composed of two (1)
parts of concrete sand and one (1) part Portland Cement, to which shall be
added pozzolithic material. An experienced representative of the underdrain
manufacturer shall supervise all phases of the installation.
After installation, all blocks shall be cleaned and excess mortar removed
from the top, careful inspection being given to see that all holes in
the blocks are open and free from foreign matter. The underdrains shall
be allowed to set for at least three days and shall then be thoroughly
backwashed and flushed out before any filter media is places'.
END OF ITEM
204-1
ITEM NO. 205 - FILTER MEDIA
A. Filtering Materials:
1. General: This Item covers the furnishing and placing of filter sand
and gravel in the filters to the depths indicated on the Plans or as speci-
fied hereunder. These specifications are the "Standard Specifications for
Filtering Material," Designation BIOO-53 of the ~Vierican Water Woriks Associ-
ation and Test Procedures given under Section A2 of the appendix to these
specifications shall govern for the testing required on the filtering materials.
Test reports on the material to be furnished shall be submitted to the
Engineer. No sand or gravel shall be placed in the filters until aut!ior-
ized by the Engineer and after leakage or other tests have been conducted
on the filter structure and the filter underdrr.ins.
2. Underdrain Gravel:
a. Physical Characteristics: Gravel shall be obtained from an ap-
proved source and shall consist of hard, rounded stones with an average
specific gravity of not less than 2.5. Not more than one (1%) percent by
weight of the material shall have a specific gravity of 2.25 or less. The
gravel shal. contain not more than two (2%) percent by weight of thin, flat,
elongated pieces (pieces in which the largest dimension exceeds three times
the smallest dimension) determined by hand picking; and shall be free of
shale, mica, clay, sand, loam and organic impurities of any kind.
b. Solubility: Solubility for gravel sizes 3/8-inch or larger
shall not exceed ten (10) percent, for sizes smaller than 3/8'-inch,
solubility shall not exceed five (5%) percent.
c. Porosgy: The porosity •of the gravel in each layer shall be
not less than thirty-five (35%) percent nor more than forty-five (45%)
percent.
d. Gravel Size and Layer Thickne_s_s: The gravel shall be screened
to proper sizes and placed in the filters in layers, as specified in Table
1, and the gravel within each layer shall be uniformly graded. Gravel over
1/4-inch in dianeter may be screened through wire screens with square
openings or plates with round openings. Wire screens shall be used for
sizes smaller than 1/4-inch. Not more than eight (87) percent of the weight
of any layer shall be finer or coarser than the limits specified for that
layer.
TABLE I
Gravel Layer La er Thickness Size Limits
Top 2" 3/16" to 3/32" Mesh
Third l" 1/2" to 5/16"
Second 2" 3/4" to 1/2"
Bottom 2" 1-1/2" 'to 3/4"
205-1
s
ary~~~~
e. Placing Underdrain Gravel: The filter box shall be thoroughly
cleaned before any gravel is placed and shall be kept clean throughout the
operation. Gravel made dirty in any way shall be removed and replaced with
clean gravel. The bottom layer shall be placed carefully by hand to avoid
disturbance or damage to the underdrain system. For materials less than
1/2-inch in diameter, the workmen shall not Staid or walk directly upon the
gravel but upon boards which will sustain the weight of the workmen without
displacement of the gravel. Any gravel becoming mixed shall be removed and
replaced in layers as herein specified. The correct thickness of each sayer
shall be obtained as follows: Before the gravel is placed, the top of each
layer shall be marked on the side of the filter. The top of each layer
shall then be leveled against the water surface held at the approximate mark.
None of the particles shall be less than half submerged, and there shall be
no places where additional gravel can be pla.:ed without the particles ex-
tending more than one-half (1/2) of their volume above the water surface.
3. Filter Sand:
a. Physical Characteristics: In these specifications, filter sand
is classified as material less than 2.0 mm. in diameter. Filter sand shall
be composed of hard, durable grains, free of clay, loam, dirt and organic
matter. Not more than one (1%) percent by weight shall be flat or micaceous
particles.
b. Solubility: Solubility in hydrochloric acid of the sand shall
not exceed five (57) percent.
c. Sand Sizes: Filter sand shall be well graded and material
showing abnormal grading may be rejected. The particle size distr!but£on
shall be determined by screening through standard sieves, Tyler (square
root of 2) series or equivalent U. S. series. The percent sizes shall be
determined from a plot of the percentages of the material passing ea:h
sieve against the rated opening of the sieve, or the equivalent diameter
of the grains. When so plotted, per cent sizes shall fall within the
ranges given in Table 2. The ratio of sixty (60%) percent size of ten
(10X) percent size shall not exceed 1.70, and no particles shall exceed
2 n¢n.
TABLE-I-1.
Percent Size Range Min. to Max.
1 0.34 rim. to 0.39 mm.
10 0.45 mm. to 0.55 mm.
60 0.68 run. to 0.91 mm.
99 1.19 mm. to 1.80 mm.
205-2
~ ~ f
d. Placing Sand in Filters: Sand shall be traa~norted and placed
carefully to prevent contamination of any sort, and sand macL dirty before
or after placing shall be replaced with cle*'n sand. Sand shall be placed
in the filter, preferably through water, so as not to disturb the top
layer of gravel, and shall be finished off sxoon to the proper elevation.
After sand has been placed to the depth shown on the Plans. the filters
shall be backwashed three (3) times, at a rate to give thirty (309;) per
cent expansion of the sand, and then allowed to compact by closing the
backwash valve slowly. Final clo:;ure of the valve from the opening that
gives ten (10%) percent expansion shall extend over not less than thirty
(30) seconds. The fine sand on top shall be removed and, if sand depth
after this washing operation is not as shown on the Plans, sufficient
sand shall be added to bring to the required depth.
END OF ITEM
205-3
it
IMM 140. 206 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL
A. General: The design of the instrumentation and control system for the
filters shall follow the latest practices for the particular type of
apparatus and shall be complete with all necessary accessories for proper
operation. The system shall function on a 3 to 15 pound linear signal,
controlled by an existing master control system. The instrumentation and
control system shall duplicate the existing system and shall be manufactured
by B-I-F Industries, unless otherwise specified.
B. Equipment: The instrumentation and control system consists of the
following equipment:
a, Filter Operating Tables W/Hardware
b. Rate of Flow Gauges - Indicating
C. Loss of Head Gauges - indicating
d. Filter valves
1. Filter Iniluent - Sluice Gate
2. Filter W.si: - Butterfly Valve
3. Wash Waste - Butterfly Valve
4. Surface Wash - Gate Valve
e. Filter Controllers
f. Wash Waste 'tank Level Transmitter and Receiver
g. High Service Flow Transmitter and Receiver
h. Wash Water Flow Indicator (in Filter Gallery)
The valves controlled by means outlined in this section shall be as speci-
fied in their respective sections of the specifications.
C. Filter Operating Tables:
a. General: There shall be furnished and installed where shown on the
Plans, an operating table for the control of filter valves for each of the
eight (8) filters.
b. Marble Tables: The tables shall be sturdily constructed of first
quality Tennessee pink marble and shall be provided with two oak doers in
the front with openings in the rear to be left open.
The top of the table shall be 1-1/2 inch thick, projecting over all
sides one (l") inch; edges shall be beveled. Base shall extend around all
four (4) sides of the table and shall be 1-1/4 inches thick, top edge beveled.
The ends, stiles and rails shall be 7/8-inch thick; ends fabricated from one
(1) piece. All outside surfaces shall be highly polished and of a uniform
texture.
The exterior parts shall be securely fastened by bronze angle plates
' and brass machine bolts. The facing material shall be self-supporting; the
206-1
weight of manifolds, valves and connecting piping shall be supported inde-
pendently on a metal supporting frame.
Exposed hardware shall be of brass or bronze, chrome platen and polished.
Tables shall be of such size that standard loss of head and rate of flow
gauges may be mounted without crowding. Table manufacturer shall drill
top slabs to accommodate gauges to be mounted theron. Table height shall
be three W) feet above finished floor. Tables shall be similar and
equal to the existing filter operating tables, which are Model f"PPV-S,
manufactured by B-I-F Industries, Inc.
c. Operating Table Equipment: Each filter operating table shall be
equipped so that the filter can be operated in the following manner:
1. Permit selection of "Automattc" or "Manual" control of
filter-effluent rates at operator's option.
2. Automatic operation with rate manually set on the filter
controller. This is automatic control of an individual
filter witht~ut regard to the others.
3. Master automatic operation with the rate pneumatically
set on each filter controller by the existing settled
water level controller. Control shall be provided so
that controllers close down when applied water level
falls below d predetermined point. This control shall
be superseding in the "Automattc" position.
Valve operators shall be controlled hydraulically from the operating
table. The following will be controlled from the table.
1. Filter Lnfluent Sluice Gate
2. Wash Water Butterfly
3. Wash Water Sever Butterfly Valve
4. Surface Wash Gate Valve
For operation of valves, each table shall be provided with bronze
four-way, piston-type auxiliary valves corresponding to the number of hy-
draulic valves to be controlled. The four-way v.. -es shall he of a design
Laving negligible leakage, free fru;-) sticking or ling and shill require
r:-j lubrication. Each valve shall be a separate unit ..hick can be read!Ly
removed for inspection and maintenance without disturbing the operation of
the other unit. Valve construction shall permit operation of hydraulic
valves to any desired degree of opening and holding that position without
creeping.
Valves shall be rigidly attached to a cast iron manifold or header
providing passages for pressure and drain. All connections for piping be-
tween control valves and hydraulic cylinder shall be 3/4-inch female pipe
206-2
thread. Each four-way valve unit shall be provided with a separate lever
arranged to move in a vertical plane. A separate, Alectrically operated
hydraulic valve position indicating device shall be Irovided for each valve,
showing on an indicator not less than four (4") inches square the name of
the valve controlled and the percent of valve opening. Valve indicator
shall he manufactured by B-I-F Industries. Inc., or Simplex Valve and Pieter
Company. Table shall be equipped with a cut-off valve to shut off water
supply to four-way valves when not in use.
D. Rate and Loss Gauges: Loss of head and rate of flow indicating gauges
shall be furnished for each of the eight (8) filters. A separate dial of
10-inch nominal diameter shall be furnished for loss of head and rate of
flow indication. Gauges shall be of the pneumatically actuated type mounted
on top of each Operating Table in a suitable case.
The loss of head transmitters shall be of the force-balance type providing
output air pressure over a range of 3 to 15 psi which is directly proportional
to the loss of head through the filters. Both loss of head and rate of flow
gauges shall have uniformly graduated dials reading directly in M.G.D. and
feet. Dial graduations for loss of head shall be from 0 to 12 feet and for
rate of flow from 0 to 3.0 MGD. Actuating devices shall be designed to
operate properly under all conditions of filter operation.
E. Filter Rate of Flow Control: The Contractor shall furnish and install
eight (8) effluent rate of flow controllers consisting of a Venturi metering
section, a pressure recovery section, and a tight clcsing regulating valve
with hydraulic or pneumatic power operator and including the auxiliaries
described hereinunder. The controllers shall be 'Model RCB-T as manufactured
by B-I-F Industries, Inc.
The rate of flow controllers shall regulate the rate of flow from 0 to 3.0
million gallons per day and shall maintain the pneumatically set rate to
within an error rot to exceed four (4%) percent, plus or minus of actual
flow over ie range of from 0.40 to 3.0 MGD.
The controller shall be constructed of close grain, high tensile cast iron
with inlet and outlet flanged 12-inch size, drilled 125 lbs, ASA Standard.
The Venturi metering section shall have a pressure-averaging annulus at the
inlet and a closed annular chamber with multiple vents at the throat. The
Venturi throat shall be bronze lined, accurately machined to proper diameter
and contour for maximum accuracy and for insuring freedom from corrosion
and tuberculation.
The. inside surfaces of the controllers shall be smooth, of uniform contour
and except for the bronze throat, shall be given a protective coating of
coal tar varnish.
The actuator assembly shall incorporate a four-way hydraulic pilot valve
which shall function with the hydraulic cylinder operator to position the
206-3
regulating valve for maintaining the pneumatic set rate. The pilot valve
shall be constructed of non-corrosive materials throughout. Its assembly
shall permit easy removal for inspection and maintenance.
F. Existing Master Control System: The existing master control system
consists of a bubble pipe system which measures level in the settled water
flume, and a pneumatic level transmitter. The transmitter receives the
output from the bubble pipe system and amplifies it into a 3 to 15 psi
air loading pressure which controls the pneumatic actuator for each filter
rate of flow controller. The air header carrying this signal to the existing
filters shall be extended to the proposed new filters, and they shall be
automatically controlled by the existing master control system. Filters
shall function so that whenever a filter is removed from service, its share
of the total plant load shall be divided evenly between the filters re-
maining in service. Upon restoring a filter to operation, the total plant
load shall be divided evenly between all operating units. No filter shall
deviate fron the others more than five (5R) per cent regardless of head
loss, under normal operating conditions and when under master control. A
"Manual-:faster" selector switch and manual rate adjustment indicating dial
shall be mounted on the top of e4ch filter operating table so that any
filter may be removed from master control and the rate set manually from
the operating table.
G. Nash Water Waste Level Transmitter' Furnish and install a float actuated
level transmitter, B-I-F Industries Model 231-23 or equal, on the Wash Water
Waste Storage basin. Transmitter shall be installed as shown on the plans,
with 9-inch diameter float installed in a 12-inch diameter pipe stilling
well. Transmitter shall have a range of 0.12 feet, and shall have a weather-
proof case for outdoor installation.
If. Wash Water Waste Level Receivers: Furnish and install two (2) indicating
Wash Water Storage Basin level receivers, B-1-F Industries Model 235-05 or
equal. One receiver shall be installed on the existing control panel on the
first floor of the Administration Building, and the other shall be installed
on the west wall of the Filter Building, opposite Filter No. 8. Necessary
signal wires between transmitter and both receivers shall be installed as
recommended by the manufacturer. Receiver for control panel shall be for
flush mounting and the filter gallery receiver shall be for surface mounting
on a masonry wall. Both receivers shall have dials approximately 10-inches
in diameter, evenly graduated from 0-12 feet. The receiver to be installed
in the filter gallery shall contain a high level alarm relay, which shall
be connected to an alarm bell mounted above the receive;.
I. ifiih Service Flow Transmitter and Receiver: Furnish End install a flow
transmitter and indicating-totacizing-recording receiver for the proposed
high service flow meter. Detailed specifications are included in the
Item - "Metering".
J. Wash Water Flow Indicator: Furnish and install an indicating flow
receiver for an existing Sparling 20" propeller type flow meter. Tha
206-4
meter presently transmits to an existing 24-inch indicating Sparling "Town
Clock", opposite Filter No. 4 in the Filter Gallery. The new indicator
shall also be a 24-inch Sparling T;ipe 239-B "Town Clock", with double face
illuminated dials, for wall mounting. The instrument shall be connected
to the signal lines presently attached to existing indicator, with any
necessary attachments recommended by the manufacturer for operation of
both instruments simultaneously from the one existing flow meter. Dials
shall be evenly calibrated to read from 0 to 10,000 GPM.
K. Controlling: No attempt has been made to show the small control
piping for control of filters and valves in the pipe gallery. This piping
shall all be hard-drawn copper of size as recommended by equipment manu-
facturer. Minimum size of hydraulic lines to valve cylinders shall be
3/4" copper. All control lines shall be rigidly fastened to the pipe
gallery wall and all runs shall be parallel to building lines. All bends
in piping shall be made with fittings. All units of equipment connected
to control piping shall be preceded by a valve and a union to facilitate
the removal of the equipment for maintenance.
L. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall be furnished for approval prior
to manufacture and shall be complete in every detail including input-
output lists, internal. schematics and equ:,)ment locations.
Final drawings incorporated into servic manuals shall include all shop
drawings and shall in addition include part n-unbers and descriptions of
all original equipment manufactuer's furnished parts incorporated in the
equipment.
M. FactorL_Service Kin. The supplier of instrumentation under this
section of the specifications shall furnish the services of a factory
trained service man to assist the Contractor as may be necessary in the
installa,-Ion and adjustment of all instrumentation.
?pon completion of the installation and testing of the instrumentation
system, there shall be sent to the plant for a period of two (2) consecu-
tive working days a factory trained person, capable of instructing plant
operating personnel in the care and functioning of instruments.
END OF ITEM
206-5
ITEM N0. 207 - METERING
A. General: Furnish and install a 36" Venturi tube in a concrete vault in
the proposed 36" High Service line, complete with flow transmitter in the
vault, receiver in the existing plant control panel, and connecting wiring
between the two.
B. Venturi Tube: The Venturi tube shall be of the pressure differential
producing type utilizing pure static pressure sensed at the inlet and throat.
Devices amplifying the differential by causing change in the direction of
the flow at the cross sections where inlet and/or throat static pressure is
sensed shall not be considered. The differential pressure shall indicate
flow change only. Devices employing entire or partial i4tot effects, am-
plifying differential and introducing unwanted noise shall not be acceptable.
The tube coefficient shall be constant for pipe Reynolds number of 75,000
and greater and independent of Beta ratio.
The tube shah be constructed of cast iron, AS1M Tentative Specification
for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges and Pipe Fittings, Designation
A-126-61T, Grade B.
The throat. liner shall be constructed of bronze, ASr,; Standard Specification
for Stern and Valve Bronze Castings, Designation B61-36.
The ends of the tube shall be 125 pound ASS
The manufacturer shall furnish a certified fluty versus differential curve
to the Engineer for approval.
The manufacturer shall furnish certified data substantiating tube pro-
portions and performance. 'Elie data shall include:
1. Coefficient values and tolerance.
2. Effects of upstream configurations.
3. Head loss as a function of the velocity head expended.
4. Proof that Beta is independent of the coefficient and l1ne size.
The accuracy shall be plus or minus 0.75% of actual rate of flow corres-
ponding to the differential produced, over the range indicated in the
schedule. The tube shall be a B-1-F Industries Model 181, with a capacity
of 40 MoD, a "d" Beta throat, and 120 inches differential.
C. Flow Transmitter: Furnish and install, in the vault with the tube, a
dual electric transmitter. The transmitter shall employ time pulses whoss
duration is directly proportional to flow, and shall be B-I-F Industries'
Model CTUA-4, or approved equal. Transmitter shall be provided with a
• 207-1
i
thermcstat and heater bulb for protection againit freezing temperatures.
The transmitter shall be of the duel mercury well actuated type, one having
a di feren.tial capacity equivalent to 5 to 50/, of maximum flow and the other,
50 to 1009 of maximum flow. Provision shall be made in the lower range tube
for )-verlr)ad protection to prevent loss of mercury when the. differential
capacity of -ae well is exceeded. Transmitter cam shall be powored by 110
volt, 60 cycle motor. Piping between transmitter and tube shall be in
accorda;_ce with manufacturer's directions, :end shall include all necessary
valves, unions, and fittings to facilitate installation and service of equip-
ment.
Flow Receiver: The receiver shall be of the totalizing, indicating,
.ecording type, having three separate dials within one single case, and
s'.all be equal to Model CRB-TIR as manufactured by B-1-F Industries. The
'~•talizer shall consist of seven digits reading direct in gallons without
t!:e use of a multiplier other than the addition of ciphers. The indicator
shall havts a graduated stale at least 10 inches long. Graduations shall be
uniformly :paced and shall read directly in million gallons per day. The
recorder siail be 12-inch nominal diameter rotating once in 24 hours. The
receiver s'+atl have an overall accuracy of plus or minus 2% of actual rate
of flow be.:wic:. 5,' and 1009 of maximum. The receiver case shall be for
panel mount.-:,g sn,, shall be installed in the existing control panel on the
first floor .f :h. present Adminisc.ation Building. A one year supply of
charts and ilk F,`«.li be furnished with the receiver.
END OF ITEM
201-2
ITEM NO. 208 - FILTER WASH WATER TROUGHS AND SURFACE WASH EOUI_PMENT
A. General: This item shall cover the furnishing and installing of filter
wash water troughs and surface wash equipment in each of the eight (8)
filters. The equipment comprises twenty-four (:4) fiberglass wash water troughs
eta forty-eight (48) surface wash agitator units, complete with cast iron
piping within the filters, connections to surface wash header in pipe gallery,
agitator units, and the necessary supports and br,cing for piping, all as
indicated on the Plans or as may be required for pt.-er installation.
B. Wash Water Troughs: Furnish for each of the eight (8) filters three (3)
wash water troughs spaced at 5'-6" on centerp and 22'-4" in length. Troughs
shall be l'-6" in width and 1'-10" in depth (semi-circular bottom) adequate
for a total flow of 2,400 GPM per trough. Troughs shall be constructed of
fiberglass reinforced polyester laminated plastic of minimum 3/16" thick-
ness and shall be reinforced with integral shaped longitudinal stiffener
sections which are an integral part of the trough itself. Additional
horizontal stiffness and rigidity shall be provided through the use of stain-
less steel or plastic spi:eaders placed in strategic points and fastened with
stainless steel hardware.
An integrally mold?d water stop shall be provided on the trough end passing
through the filter gu:_let wall. The back end of the trough shall be inte-
grally closed of fiberglass at least 1-1/2 times the thickness of the trough
and arranged for bolting to the rear wall. TroLdh mounting holes shall be
slotted to provide a vertical adjustment of 3/8". Stainless steel straps
and hardware shall be included by the manufacturer for back end mounting.
Care shall be used it fabricating and placing to maintain weir edges level
and straight without more than 1/32" variation from level throughout the
entire length. Troughs shall be furnished complete with the necessary stnin-
less steel accessories for securing the rotary surface washers as indicated.
Troughs shall be as manufactured by the F. B. Leopold Company, or equal.
C. Surface Wash Equipment:
1. General: Agitator units shall be installed at the positions indicated
and in such manner that the rotating element shall be at the same elevatio;r
above the media throughout its rotation. The equipment shall be insuilled
in a workmanlike manner in accordance with the manufacturer's recommerbations.
2. ARitator Unit: There st•.all be furnished and installed six (6) 1'-0"
type lMEl agitator units per filter as manufactured by the Palmer Filter
Equipment Company, Erie, Pennsylvania. Agitator units shall be of the self-
propelled, revolving type, consisting of a central bearing of all bronze
construction, a bronze tee having a nozzle affixed to emit a stream directly
below and from the center of this tee, and arms extending laterally containing
a number of nozzles spaced on reducing centers in a manner which will most
effectively cover the area of the filter area. Each arm shall be equipped
with an end nozzle or nozzles so as to direct a stream of water into the
208-1
i
corners and along the walls of the filter. Arms she}1 be of red 1rass pipe.
Nozzles, bearings, and all other fittings shall be bronze. WatcG pressure
available at the agitator unit will be from 50 to 60 psi, and the equipment
shall be designed to operate satisfactorily wi,.h this available pressi.re.
3. Installation: Agitator units shall be installed so that they :ev(lve
in a perfectly horizontal plane. Connecting piping shall be cast iron ;ape
of size indicated on the Plans.
4. Painting: Painting of piping for agitator units shall be in accord-
ance with the painting specifications for other submerged equipment in these
Specif icatioi's.
END OF ITEM
i
V
208-2
:41
ITEM NO. 209 - GATE VALVES
A. General: This item covers the furnishing and installing of all gate
valves required for the work. Gate valves shall be inscalled as shown on
the Plans and in accordance with these Specifications; thev shall be equal
to those manufactured by the Mueller Company, Iowa Valve .empany, or approved
equal. The wrench nuts for all valves shall turn counter-clockwise to open
the valve. Where flanged valves are called for, the flanges shall be 1256`
ASA flanges conforming to tLe I zal ASA Standards.
The required calves, 3" and larger, are shown hereininder; however, it shall
be the Contrai_tor's responsibility to furnish, wherry .-egLAred, valves with
the proper length of extension stems, valve boxes of proper size and length,
supports or brackets for stems, and all oth?r valve: appurtenances required
wherever shown on the plans and required for the cl2ration of the plant.
B. Valves Rcguired:
No.
Item Location Required Fiz.- Description
1. Filter Drain 8 4" Flanged - 5011 W.P. with
handwheel for operation
i
2. Surface Wash Line 8 6" Flanged - 15011 W.P. -
at Filters Hydraulic operated from
Operating Table
1. Waste Water Return 2 N' Flanged 5011 W.P. with
Pump Discharge operating nut
4. Mixed Pater Flume 1 12" Flanged 5011 W.P. with
Drain Operating nut
C. Gate Valve: Gate valves shall be dou!• t,- di5 - , ►rallel seat internal
wedging type with cast iron body and bronze .oui.iu•;s. Valves 3" to 12" in
size witli a working pressure of 175 pounds er .sjuare inch and valves over
12" in size with a working pressure of 150 l,~unus per sq. In., shall be In
strict accordance with American Water Works Association Standard Specification
for "Gate Valves for Ordinary Works Service," Design C500-61. Gate valves which
have a working pressure other than that specified above shall be in accordance
with all applicable requirements of A.W.W.A. Specification.
Gate valves for a working pressure of 50 psi shall be similar to List 12 as
manufactured by Iowa Valve Company or an approved equal. Gate valves for a
working pressure of 150 psi shall be List 14 as manufactured by Iowa Valve
Company, or equal.
Valves smaller than two inches shall be all brass, or iron body bronze mounted,
conforming to the requirements of Federal Specification WW-V-76b.
205-1
D. Hydraulic Cylinders: Hydraulic cylineera s!aall be furnished for valves
as indicated hereinabove. Cylinder,; shill be integrally mounted on the
valve bonnet. Hydraulic cylinder shall comply with AWWA Speci!i:ation
C504-66, or with the sp::cifications here.n described. Hydraulic cylinder3
shall be cast iron, bronze lined. A brionze indicating rod, wh+rh extends
through the cylinder head to indicate position of the valve gales, shall
be furnished. Tail rod shall have the necessary attachments and arrangemEnts
for transmitting the valve position to an indicating dial on the Operating
Table. Valve position shall be transmitter arrangement similar to "Elec-
trically Operated Valve Position Indicator" as manufactured by Builders-
Providence, Inc., or equal.
Pressure for operating hydraulic cylinders shall be a minim.m of 45 po=ands
per square inch. Pressures against gages are as follows:
Number
Item Location F_equired Size Pressure
2 Surface Wash 8 6" 85 psi
E. In ita1la rirn: Valves shall be carefully handled and lowerer I.tc posi-
tion by mech-e-aical equipment in such manner as to prevent Jamage any
parts of the va)ve. Valves shall be placed in such position as i:u!icnted
on tf.ci Plans the stem in a true vertical or horizontal position., and
secur-ly helo i%-til all conner,,lions have been nade. Flange valves shall,
be se. in position with the flange facing so that when boltEd up th,er! will
not be caused an undue strain on either the valve or thc. c)nnected pipfug,
Gaskets of ;iropar matr,rial arA thickness shall be pla, _d `n ~arait!ra as the
valve jC, cuing centc:rr.ri. The making of bell and spiKnt loints and of
flange corisections, the running of copper tubing to hydr-:uli,~. valves, etc.,
Ehall conform to the arplica')le sections of the specification:.
END OF ITEM
209-2
S ■ ~.ilVYr~
ITEM NO. 210 - BUTTERFLY VALVES
A. General, This item covers the furnishing and installing of all butter-
fly valves required for tt-o project. Butterfly valves shall be installed
it locations shown on the :Lars and in accordance with these Specifications.
The valves shall be equal those maw4factured. by B-I-F Industries, 1;1c.,
the Henry Pratt Company, an approv,:d equal. Valves shall have an
operating device as list . h^reinunder.
The required butterfly vi4ves are shown in the tabulation hereinunder;
tiowever, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to furnish, when re-
quired, valves with the Lropei stem extensions, supports or brackets and
all other valve appurtenance required, wherever shown on the Plans and
required for the operation of the plant.
B. Valves Required:
Number
Ir-'a Location Required Size Class Description
1. Wash Water line to Filters 8 16" 75B Flanged end, Hy-
draulic operated
from Operating
Table
2. Filter Wash Water Waste 6 16" 258 Flanged end, Hy-
draulic operated
from Operating
Table
3. High Service Supply Line 2 36" 1508 M.J. ends, buried,
Nut operated, Gears,
Valve Box
4. Clearwell Inlet b Outlet 2 36" 25B Flanged end, gears,
Handwheel operated
5. High Service Pump Suction 1 24" 25B Flanged end, hand-
wheel operated gears
16. High Service Pump Discharge 1 18" 1508 Flanged ends, elec-
tric motor operated
7. Sludge Drawoff 3oxes 4 12" 253 Flanged ends, ex-
tended stem and
floor stand
B. Sludge Drawoff Bcxes 16 6" 25A Flanged ends, ex-
tended stern and
floor stand
C. Butterfly Valvet The valves shall be cast iron, rubber seated and shall
conform to the American Water Works Association Standard Specification for
"'tubber-Seated Butterfly Valves", Designation C504, latest edition. Valve
21.0-1
shall be designed for the working pressure with operators as specifier) above.
All valves, including hydraulic oparated, shall have handwheel for operation.
D. Xe.raulic Cylinders; Hydraulic cylinders shall be furnished for valves
as indicated hereinabove. The c% ?nder shall be rigidly supported from
the valve body. Hydraulic cylind,.r shell comply with A.W.W.A. !;tandzrd
Specification C_104-66. A suitabl,~ indicator shall be attached to the cylinder
or valve body which will show the valve position. Provision shall b,~ made for
transmitting the valve position to an indicating dial on the Operat:rzfi Table.
This arrangement shall be "Electrical.]v Operated Valve Po;ltion Inai.,ator,"
as manufactured by B-I-F Industries.
Pressure for operating hydraulic cylinder ;hall be a minimum of 45 pounds
to a maximum of 60 pounds per square inch. Pressure against valve disc
of the lb" filter waGh water valves will be 50 psi maximum.
E. Motor Operators Motor opc- :tor shalt be Linitorque, Type SMB, as Manu-
factured by Philadelphia Gear t._~rks, or EIM Type "E", as manufactured by
£IM Company, Inc. Tie Oeratoz shall to sized to operate the valve wit's a
differential pressure of 13,' gsi, with a ,'us factor for surging, to 7.75 psi.
Maximum flow rate through the !9-inch High, Service Pueip valve will be I' Mc D.
Operator shall function to open t':e valve from. a fully closed position, or
vice-versa, in a a minute time interval. The operator shall be equipped with
a four-train geared limit switch and a double torque switch for valve pro-
tection in bath directions of trrvel.
The operator for the High Sc;vice Punp butterfly valve shall Le equipped
with a reversing controller mol.intcd it the limit switch compartment. [tie
controller shall be of a size suitr:hl,! for the valve operator motor, a:id
shall be provided with three overload relays complete with heaters. The
overload relays shall be of the automatic reset, ambient thermal compensated
type. The operator shall also have a local control station mounted in the
cover of the limit switch compartment, with "OPEN-STOP-CLOSE" push buttons
and a DPDT Manual-Auto selector switch. Space heaters shall be provided
in the limit switch.
All gearing s;zall run in lubricant and ball or roller bearings shcll be used
throughout. A handwheel shall be provided for manual operation. geared
indicator shall be attached to the operator to indicate valve por;+tion. Nand-
wheels shall not turn while motor is operating.
Motor shall be specifically designed for valve operator service. R)t rs
shall be mounted on anti-friction bearings of the, pre-lubricated type.
Class B insulation shall be used. Motor shall be capable of develupir.:; a
running torque equal to 40% of the rated torque without exceeding, Lhc per-
missible temperature rise of 60° C. over a L0° C ambient. Motor al' obtain
full speed before the stem nut in dither the opening or closing der,2ction.
Motor shall be for operation on 209 volt, 3 phase service. Maximum motor t:peed
210-2
__?URA;C~W==W=j
I
and shall be capable of operating the valve through 2 cycles against full
unbalanced pressures as specified above without exceeding the permissible
temperatures rise.
F. Installation: Valves shall be carefully handled and lowered into posi-
tion by mechanical equiproent in such manner as to prevent damage to any
parts of the valve. Valves shall be placed in such position as indicated
on the Plans with the stem in a true vertical or horizontal position, and
securely held until all connections have been made. Flange valves shall
be set in position with the flange facing so that when bolted up there will
not be caused an undue strain on either the valve or the connected piping,
Gaskets of material and thickness specified shall be placed in position as
the valve is being centered.
C. Painting: Butterfly %alvis for exposed installations shall be thoroughly
cleaned of all rust, mill scale, and other foreign material and given a shop
coat of metal protective paint which will be either Pittsburgh No. UC-3002
lead chromate or Pittsburgh No. UC-3220 zinc chromate. All sludge drawoff
vault valves and valves for buried service shall be shop painted with a
heavy-duty asphalt-type coating.
"0 01 ITEM
f
210-3
-lei
ITEM 211 - CAEC.\ iALVI 3
A. General: This iteu covers the fur-►ishing and installing of an 18" check
valve in the High Service Pump discharge line and two (2) 8" check valves in
the Wash Waste Return Pump discharge lines.
B. High Service Ptrup Check Valves: The check valves shat be of the tilting
disc type, as rLanufactured by APCO or Chapman. The valve shall be furnished
with an external Endi.cator, and lubrication fittings for the disc pivot
shall be provide. Valve shall have flanged ends, and shall be designed for
150 psi working ?r sure, The valve shah be equipped with a bottom mounted,
hydraulic operated buffer, or snubber, to control speed of closure over the
last 10% of the closing cycle. The buffer shall be equipped with controls
to permit the adjustment of closure speed to suit operating conditions.
Valve body shall be constructed of first quality cast iron and the disc of
solid bronze or cast iron with bronze facings. Seat rings shall be made of
bronze and shall be renewable. Valve shall be cleaned to bright metal and
given a shop ciat of rust inhibitive primer equal to Pittsburgh No. UC-3002
lead chromate or Pittsburgh No. UC-32200 zinc chromate.
C. Wash Waste Return Pump Check Valves: Chec+ valves for Wash Water Waste
Return Pumps shall. be of heavy cast iron with a bronze or stainless steel
seat ring, a non-corrosive shaft for attachment of weight and lever, and
complete non-corrosive cushion chamber. They shall absolutely prevent the
return of water back through the valve when the inlet pressure decreases
below the delivery pressure. Valves shall be 8-inch size and shall be
Golden-Anderson Figure No. 25-1), or equal.
END OF ITEM
211-1
1
ITEM NO. 212 - SLWLCE GATES
A. General: Sluice gates, complete with operators, shall be furnished and
installed at locations shown on the Plans. They shall be installed according
to the manufacturer's recommendations and in a workmanlike manner. Gates
shall be carefully handled and attached to the walls to prevent any damage
to the gates and to eliminate any distortion or binding which would affect
the proper operation of the gates. Floor stands and/or hydraulic cylinders
shall be securely bolted to the concrete floor.
Sluice gates are of the flat frame type; they shall be secured to the con-
crete walls by anchor bolts in accordance with the manufacturer's shop
drawings. Anchor bolts shall be placed at the time of pouring the walls,
by means of a rigid template attached to the exterior face of the forms
which shall hold the bolts in exact position so that the sluice gate frames
will fit properly when installed. There shall be a gasket between the face
of the concrete and the flat frame; gasket shall consist of two (2) layers
of 30# tarred fElt or other material to compensate for irregularities in
the concrete and insure a water-tight installation of the sluice gates.
B. Number Required: For the convenience of the Contractor, the required
sluice gates are listed below; however, it is the Contractor's responsibility
to determine the accuracy of the tabulation.
Number
item Location Required Size Description
I Influent to Filter 6 l'-6" x 2'-0" Unseating Pressure-10 ft.
Hydraulic operated from
Operating Table with a
position indicator on
cylinder and Operating
'Fable. Gates shall be
Rodney Hunt, Series 140,
or equal.
2 Influent to Settled
Water Flume 2 1'-6" x 3'-0" Unseating Pressure-10 ft.
Handwheel operated floor
stand and Extension Stem.
Gate shall be Rodney Hunt,
Series 140, or equal.
3 Influent to First
Stage Flocculators 4 3'-0" x 3'-0" Unseating Pressure-4 ft.
Self-contained with hand-
wheel for operation.
Gates shall be of the
general design as the
Rodney-Hunt Machine Com-
pany, Series 140.
212-1
C. Description: All sluice gates shall be of the flat frame, rising stem
type having adjustable side, top and bottom wedges for seating and unseating
pressures. Sluice gates shall be similar to Rodney Hunt Machine Company,
or approved equal.
D. Frame: Frames shall be Wade of cast iron with bronze seat facings.
The rear face of the flange shall be machined and drilled to be attached
to the concrete, and the front face of the flange shall be machined to take
the sluice gate guides.
E. Disc: The disc shall be made from cast iron with horizontal and vertical
ribs an(] bronze seat facings.
F. Adjustable Wedges: Adjustable wedges shall be made from solid bronze
with solid bronze adjusting bolts. Wedges shall be fastened to the disc
with cadmium plated steel studs with bronze nuts.
G. Operating Stems: The gates shall have ri.;ing stems of sufficient size
to withstand, without buckling, the whole thrust due to operating the gate
under maximum operating h-ad. The stems shall be of cold rolled steel.
Stems shall be furnished with stem guides as required. All stem guides
shall be bronze bushed and shall be adjustable in two directions.
H. Hydraulic Cylinders: Hydraulic cylinders for operating sluice gates
shall comply in every respect to the requirements for hydraulic cylinders
in Item No. 209 - "Gate valves."
1. Painting: Sluice gates shall be cleaned to bright metal and given a
shop coating of heavy duty asphalt type paint.
END OF ITEM
212-2
ITEM NO. 213 - PIPING AND PIPEWORK
A. General: This item governs the furnishing and installing of all piping.
The Plans show sizes and general arrangement of all pipes, responsibility
for furnishing exact lengths of the various papas for exact "make-up" and
for providing special items as may be required to simplify or facilitate the
installation, rest with the Contractor. All pipe hangers, supports, or
other devices required in the installation of pipe, fittings, valves, meters,
or other similar appurtenances shall be furnished and installed. Excavation
and preparation of the trenches shall conform to the specification item
"Earthwork."
B. Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings:
a. Bell and W o~ t pipe: Cast iron pipe shall comply in all respects
with Federal Specification _W-P-421a, Type I and IIi, including wall thick-
ness and weight of barrel. The joint shall ba Type I for caulked joint and
Type III for mechanical joint. "Tyton Joint" as manufactured by United
States Pipe and Foundry Company, and/or "Fast-rite" as manufactured by
American Cast Iron Company, will be acceptable.
Pit cast pipe shall conform, including wall thickness and weight,
with Fe3eral Specification WW-P-421a.
Class 100 pipe shall be used for low pressure service. High pres-
sure lines shall be of Class 200. High service lines are those lines on
the discharge side of the high service pumps, such as the surface wash line,
b. Flan ed Pipe: Flanged pipe shall conform to the requirements as
set forth for bell and spigot pipe above. Pipe shall have Class 125 flanges.
c. Flan eg d F_i-ttings:
1. Low Pressure Service: Flanged fittings shall be American Standard
Class 125 in conformance with American Standard Specification B16.1. Fittings
shall have a m;.nimum working pressura of 86 psi and in no event shall the
wa11 thickness be less than that specified for Class B fittings. (See AWWA
C100-55). Flanges shall be drilled in accordance with ASA Class 125.
2. High pressure Service: In general, the flanged fittings shall
conform to AWWA Specifications C100-55. Fittings shall have a minimum
working pressure of 200 psi and in no event shall tte wall thickness be less
than that specified for Class D fittings. Flange3 shall be drilled in
accordance with ASA Class 125,
d. Bell and S iF~_of Fittings: Cast iron bell and spigot fittings shall
conform to the specifications of tho American Water Works Association
Designation C100-55. Fittings less than 12" shall be Claso "D" while
fittings larger than 12" shall be Class "B" for low pressure service and
Class "D" for high pressure service.
213-1
e, Lining and Coating: All cast iron pipe and cast iron fittings shall
have an inside cement mortar lining conforming with American Standards
Association Specification for cement lining for cast iron pipe and fittings
(A21.4-1953), or conforming with manufacturer's standard specification for
seal-coated "Enameline" Lining, or shall conform with ASA 21.4 except for
the thickness of the lining which shall be one half (112) thickness speci-
fied in ASA 21.4. Outside coating for all cast iron pipe and fittings which
are to be installed in an exposed position shall be thoroughly cleaned of
all rust, mill scale, or other foreign material and given a shop coat of
either Pittsburgh No. L'C-30002 lead chromate or Pittsburgh No. UC-32200 zinc
chromate. This coat of paint may be app_ied in the field with same cleaning
precautions as described above, Outside coating for buried cast iron pipe
and fitttings shall conform ~iith American Standards Association Proposed
Specification for "Coal-Ta.-Dip Coating for Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings."
f. Victaulic Couplings: Victaulic couplings, where shown for connection
of cast iron piping, shall be Style 44, as manufactured b Victaulic Company
of America, unless otherwise noted on the Plans.
g. Laying Cast Iron Pipe: Cast iron pipe and fittings shall be handled
in such a manner at, to avoid shock. The pipe coating shall be protected
insofar as possible. Pipe shall be kept free from dart and other foreign
matter. Pipe and fittings shall be aligned and maintained in the required
lines and grades with joints centered and spigots home. All nape shall be
carefully inspected for defects and rung with a light hammer to detect
cracks. Any defective, damaged, or unsound pipe shall be rejected. All
field cuts shall be done in a neat, workmanlike manner without damage to the
usable section. All lumps, blisters, and excess coal tar coating shall be
removed from the bell and spigot ends of pipe prior to assembly, and ends
shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry prior to pouring. Packing
shall be of the proper dimension to center she spigot in the bell. Each
strard of material shall be driven home prior to placement of further strands.
M7terial shall be permanently packed into the joints with suitable y47ning
tool, leaving a minimum of 2-1/2 inches of depth in the bell for the lead
joint material. Lead shall be heated in a melting pot kept near the joint
to be poured, brought to proper temperature so that when stirred it will
show a rapid change of color and so that when poured into the joint space
it will insure a perfect joint. Before pouring, all scum shall be removed.
Joint runners used in pouring the lead joints shall fit snugly against the
faces of bell and the ottitside of the pipe and shall be tamped with clay at
the pouring gate to petmit the filling of the joint even with the top of
the bell. Each joint shall be made with one pour filling the joint space.
After the poured joint has cooled to the temperature of the pipe, the lead
shall be caulked by means of pneumatic tools or by hand tools, until
thoroughly compacted, making watertigh~: joints without overstraining the
bell.
Flanged connections shall be made by means of erection bolts and
drift pins, without undue "forcing," and with no restrain on ends of pipe
213-2
rte
or fittirps which would lrevent an even and uniform pressure on the gasket.
Pipe and fittings shall be free to move in any directs-)n while bolting.
Bolts shall be uniformly tightened around the circle, with bol,s in same
direction.
C. Small Steel and Wrought Iron Pipe and Fittings
a. Steel Noe: Unless specifically called for o-i the Plans, all steel
pipe, 6" and under, shall conform to ASTM Specifcati,,in 1120-61T "Black and
Not-Dipped Zinc Coated (galvanized) Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for
Ordinary Uses." Pipe shall be standard weight unless; ~r'isn.ise noted.
b. Fittings:
1. Screwed: Screwed fittings for steel and wrought iron pipe shall
be American Standard 15011 Malleable Screwed Fittings WIA'%: B16-C) galvanized.
2. Flanged: Flanged fittings shall be cast iron and shall meet
the requirements of the American 1250 Flanged Standard Specification. Com-
panion flanges shall be 1251 ASA cast iron threaded flanges.
3. Melded: Welded fittings shall be of the weight comparable to
the line in which they are installed. Flanges shall be 15011 slip-on flanges.
Fittings shall be seamless steel conforming to ASA Specification B 16.9 and
ASTM Specification A-234. Slip-on Flanges shall be forged steel conforming
to ASA Specification B16-C and ASTM Specification A-181. Butt welding ells
shall be long radius.
C. Unions: Unions for screwed piping shall be 15011 Standard Malleable
Iron Galvanized, brass seat, ground-joint unions, equal to Crane No. 1280.
d. Installing Small Steel and Wrought Iron Pie: Pipe shall be in-
stalled with end connections as may be indicated on the Plans or approved
by the Engineer. All piping shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove dirt,
dust, rust, grease, and all other foreign material prior to laying. Pipe
in trenches, or otherwise, shall be brought to the required line and grade
and held securely in position while all connections are being made. No
displacement of the pipe which would cause undue strain on the joint will
be permitted. Field welding of steel pipe, if any, shall be done in
accordance with the Americau Water Works Association Specification C206.57,
"Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe Joints." All steel pipe connected by
screwed fittings shall have all burrs removed by reaming prior to threading.
Screwed joints shall be made with graphite and oil or an approved graphite
compound, applied to make thread only. Threads shall be full cut and not
more than three threads on the pipe shall remain exposed. Unions shall be
provided where disconnections are required. Changes in pipe sizes shall
be made with reducing fittings. Piping shall be fitted together in a tight
and workmanlike manner, and properly supported or anchored.
213-3
D. Concrete Pressure_ Pipe:
a. General: Concrete pressure pipe shall be used at location shown
on the Plans. Pipe shall be Concrete Cylinder Pipe - Pretensioned.
b. Concrete Cylinder Pipe: Concrete cylinder pipe, modified pre-
stressed (or pre-tensioned reiaforcemr.nt) Fhall consist of a welded Sheet
steel cylinder lined with a dense concrete lining and around which there
is placed reinforcing bars wound helically under measured tension, with a
dense concrete coating covering tine cylinder and the bars, and with steel
joint rings of the bell and spigot type for rubber gasket. The pipe and
pipe fittings shall comply with the Federal Specifications SS-P-381, entitled:
"Pipe: Pressure, Reinforced Concrete, Pre tensioned Reinforcement (Steel
Cylinder Type)." Copies of the Federal Specifications may be obtained from
the Engineer upon request. Contractor shall furnish all fittings, specials
and steel collar for connecting to other types of pipe. Pipe shall be
j designed for a minimum working pressure of 150 psi,
d. Layi~ Concrete Pressura Pik: All concrete pipe and accessories
shall be laid and jointed in the manner herein specified in the presence of
thA Engineer, and subject to his approval. All. materials found during the
progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or othc_ defects will be rejected
by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall promptly remove from the site of
the work. All pipe and fittings shall be laid and maintained in the required
lines and grades and with all joints centered and spigots home. Pipe shall
be laid to within two-tenths foot of true alignment in any tifty foot section
and to within four-one-hundredths foot of true grade at any point. Grade and
batter boards shall be maintained so as to insure accurate placement of the
pipe.
Care shall be taken by the Contractor in making field joints.
Bumping of the pipe in the trench will not be permitted. The endless rubber
ring gaskets shall be properly lubricated with a suitable vegetable compound
soap before they are stretched over the spigot end of the pipe and carefully
seated in the groove, without twisting, rolling or crimping. After the pipe
has been laid, but before backfilling has been completed, the outside annular
space between pipe sections shall be completely filled with :ement grout.
After the line has been backfilleu and initial settlement taken place, the
inside space between the abutting ends of pipe shall be carefully filled
with a mortar of stiff consistency and finis-•aed by troweling off smooth with
the inside of the pipe. The mortar shall consist of one part Portland Cement
and two and one-half parts of sand. All foreign matter or dirt shall be re-
moved from the pipe, and the pipe shall be kept clean by approved means during
and after laying. Whenever the work of actually laying pipe stops, the
open ends of the installed sections of pipe shall be closed with a water-
tight diaphragm.
E. Reinforced Concrete _Sewer P_1Ee with Rubber Gasket Joints: Reinforced
concrete newer pipe with rubber gasket joints shall conform to the current
r
213-4
i
specification for reinforced concrete culvert pipe, ASTM Designation C76-57T, j
Class III, with the following additions.
a. All pipe shall be machine made.
• I
b. Pipe shall all be Extra Strength.
c. Minimum wall thicknesses shall be 1/12th diameter, plus one (1")
inch as listed in A.S.T.M. C-76-57T, Table 111, tall B.
d. Pipe shall be steam cured in accordance with method prescribed in
A.S.T.M. Specification C76-57T except that the steam curing time may be
reduced to not less than 12 continuous hours. Pipe may be transported to
the job at any time within three days after the prescribed steam curing
period provided it successfully meets all physical load tests and other
requirements.
e. Connecting joints of reinforced concrete sewer pipe shall be )f
the rubber gasket type. I'he euds of the pipe shall be manufactured on
ar.curately machined metal rings of heave design to insure accurate and
concentric joints. These rings shall be left en the pipe sufficiently
long after manufacture for the pipe to ;iuld its true ,shape. All joints
shall be made with flcxible compression type rubber gasket. The form,
type, and size of the ;risket shall be Press -Seal, T e 41 or 'F1-11 as manu-
factured by the Goody.ar Fire and Rubber foinpany or equ.il. The Press-Seal
rubber gasket shall ,rul conform in ;lze to the spigot end of the pipe
and shall be firmly connected thereto ith an al,pr(ved rubber cement c.)m-
pounded for this h,irposo.
f. Reinforced "inCiltite" ConcrCtc' 1' pu as ir:caufacturL,d by clfford-
Hill Pipe Cor-.pan is n;i+Iarad accept,.ablc. All plpe shall be tested and
inspected at the point of manufacture in accordance with A.S.T.M. test
requirements and shrill bear the snit als or ndne of the mran+ifacturer, tho
date of manufacture and tine testing 1r,boratorv's sta-p of .approval.
g. In layin, rubber gasket jolLat concrete pipe, care shall ba exer-
cised in handling the pipe to prevent damaging tho rubber gaskets and thy,
ends of the pipe. Care Shall he exercised to clean all dirt, rock or other
foreign matter completely fron the inside of the bells or groovm_~s and :hip
outside of the tongues , , r spigots. Any dirt crr other foreign matter which
remains in the joint might prevent a water-tight joint. immediately before
placing each pipe, the groove or bell end of the !.r(!eding pipe shall be
coated with a lubricating material, flax, soap or equal, approved by the
engineers for that purpose. l1 neral lubricants will not be permitted. The
pipe shall then be assembled by pu,hini; or pullfrrg together with sufficient
force to cause the spigot t) enter the bell and be forcad completely home.
On all siies larger than 24" in diameter, thr inside annular space provided
for that purpose shall be •camplelely filled with a plastic portland cement
213-5
I
mortar to effect a smooth hydraulically clean flow.
F. Copper -Pipe and Fitting:
(a) Coffer PiFe: Copper pipe shall be Types K, L, or M, hard drawn
copper tubing with Type K and Type L being used at points where rigidity
is necessary. Tubing shall conform to the American Standrrd for copper
water tube, ASA Designation 11-23.1.
(b) Fittings: Fittings for all copper pipe or tubing shall be "Wrought
Copper Solder-Joint Fittings" as manufactured by the Crane Company, or
equal. Valves in copper pipe runs shall be Mueller Streamline Valves, or
equal.
(c) Installation: Copper piping shall be handled in such a nanner to
prevent flattening or distortion. All bends in piping shall be by use o['
fittings. Ends of copper tubing shall be cut square, with the burr removed
from the end of the tubing with a fii~- or scraper. Joints shall be pre-
pared fluxed, and soldered in accordance with the iostructions of the manu-
facturer. In general, all copper pipe shall be laid ouL square with the
building without diagonal runs. Where copper tubirp is run on walls or
ceilings, it shall be anchored by means of copper straps of approved manu-
facture. Depending up~)n location, copper pipe shall be of the type or
class necessary to provide true straight runs and adequate rigidity for
any unsupported leneLo,
r:opper pipe S"All be supporters wall brackets to such pi;:ition
as will allow one straight connecting piece to the eluipment it serves.
Union shall be provider for each equiprent connection.
G. Joint Materialti:
a. PaJoint parking for bell and spigot joints shall be molded
or Tubular rubber rings, asbestos rope, treated paper rope, or braided jute.
b. Lead: Leak caulking shall conform to ASTM Specification B-29-'+3
for common "Desilverized" lead. The producer's name or identification
mark shall be clearly cat or stamped on each pig of lead.
c. Gaskets: Gaskets for flanged Joints shall be of the bot,t quality
insertion rubber and 1/16" thick. They shall be full-face.
d. Solders and Fluxes: Solders and fluxes for copper pipe and fittings
shall be No. 50, Crane Company, or equal.
e. Bolts: Bolts for flanged joints shall conform to ASA practice for
Wrench-read £T.)Its and Nuts and Wrench Opening;, ASA B18.2-1933, and shall
have hexagon nuts.
213-6
e~~
H, Lire and Grade: All gravity sewers and pump discharge pressure lines
shall be laid on a uniform grade and true line from control point to control
point. Gravity lines shall not vary from true line more th.-n one
tenth (1/10) foot nor from theoretical grade more than two hundredths (2/100)
foot. Pressure lines shall not vary more than two tenths (2/10) foot from
true line nor more than four hundredths (4/10U) foot from the theoretical
grade. The Contractor shall furnish and set all grade boards, grade lines,
plumb bobs and lines, and measuring poles necessary for laying pipe within
the tolerance allowed. Grade boards shall be set at intervals not to exceed
50 feet.
1, Testing: All tests shall be made as directed by, in the presence of,
and to th_e satisfaction of the Engineer. All pi-ping shall be tested at
the available hydrostatic pressure under which the particular line is to
serve and all leaks wade good.
END OF ITEM
213-7
ITEM 215 - PUMPING E U PMEI
A. General: Furnish and install under this contract two (2) vertical
turbine wash water return pumps, two (2) sludge re-circulation pumps, and
two (2) tump pumps.
B. Wash Water Return Pumps:
a. General: Furnish and install two (2) Wash Water Return Pumps of the
vertical turbine type each having a rated capacity of 500 GPM against a
45 ft. TDH (range from 35 to 55 ft.) and with an overall length from bottom
of support base to bottom of flared suction of 201-0", 41-0" sump depth and
3'-6" minim,ua submergence. Pumps shall be Byron-Jackson 10 GM VIP, Model
12 B5 5umpmaster, or equal. The complete pumping units consisting of driver,
discharge head, column, and bowl assembly shall be in accordance with these
specifications, and suitable for continuous service pumping high turbidity
filter backwash wastewater.
b. Motor Da':a: Motors shall be 3 phase, 60 hertz, 460 volt, Weather-
proof Type 1, with rodent screen, NF.MA Design B with Class B insulation,
and minimum 10 H.P., and bottom shaft.
c. Discharge llcad: The discharge head shall be cast of Meehan£te, free
of blow holes, sand holes and other detrimental defects, and shall be ac-
curately machined. It shall be designed to receive an 8-in. 1250 ASA Stand-
ard pipz flange that can be attached with through bolts (not cap screws).
The stuffing box shall be provided with a cage ring for grease in-
jection and pre-cut die foil^ed packing. If discharge pressure is above
50 psi, it will be provided with throt*le bushing, cage ring, packing and
provisions for bleodoff ba,•k to suction pressure.
d. Column Assembly: Lineshaft shall be of turned carbon steel, of
special pump shaft quality; furnished in sectiuns not over 10' in length.
The 'Jutting faces shall be machined square to the axis of the shaft with
angular misalignment of thread and shaft axis not exceeding 0.002" in 6
inches. the size ni the shaft shall be not less than that determined by ASA
Sp,icificatiou B 58, Sec*ion 4.3 per Table 5.6, AISI C-1045, Lineshaft Se-
lection.
The shafts shall be provided with an AISI Type 416 SS wearing surface
or sleeve at the location of each lineshaft bearing.
(1) The lineshaft beirings shall be suitable for intended service,
spaced not more than !0' apart arid mounted in bearing retainers held in
position in the column couplings by means of the butted ends of the column
pipe.
215-1
(2) The outer column shall be of steel, in sections not more than
10' In length, with the ends of each section faced parallel and machined
with eight (8) straight threads per inch permitting ends to butt and
insuring alignment when connected by steel couplings.
The weight of the column shall be no less than that stated in
ASA Specification B58.1 "Standard Specifications For Discharge Column Pipe."
e. Pump Bowl Assembly:
(1) The pump bowls shall be cast of Meehanite, free of blow holes,
sand holes and other detrimental defects, and shall be accurately machined.
(2) The irpellers shall be cast of bronze (alt. Meehanite) semi-
open, statically and dynamically balanced. They shall be securely fastened
to the s11--ft with taper bushings. The impeller hydraulics shall be so de-
signed that the pump shaft and lineshaft is always in tension (never in
compression) at any point throughout the entire head capacity performance
cure.
(3) The shaft shall be A1SI Type 416 SS, turned and ground. It
shall be supported by bearings grove and below each impeller. The size of
the shaft shall be no less than that determined by ASA Specification B17c
'Code for Design of Transmission Shafting".
(4) 'Fite strainer shall 'e galvanized, with ri net Inlet area not
less than four (4) ti!°es the suction case inlet area. It shrill be securely
bolted to the flari:tl suction case inlet area. It shall be securely belted
to the flared suction inn at least four (4) pointn.
f. Submittal Data:
Furnish the following with Submittal:
1. Descriptive literature of equipment.
2. Performance curves with conditions at duty point indicated.
The curves will show capacity, total head and efficiencv and
brake horsepower over complete perforrance range.
3. Submergence required.
4. A sectional drawing.
5. An outline drawing.
D. Sludge Re-Circulation _ Pumps: Furnish and install two (2) Gorman-Rupp,
or equal, self-priming, non-clog, centrifugal pumps for pumping sludge from
215-2
DA
the Settling Basin drain lines to the Rapid Mix. Pumps shall '.e installed
adjacent to the existing sludge draw-off vaults as detailed on the Plans.
Pumps shall be Goiman-Rupp Size 2 x 2, Model 12B-B, with 2-horsepower, V-belt
motor drives, complete with V-belt base and other acLessories. Provide pulleys
and bolts for both units for operation it both 1150 R1'M and 1750 RPM. Capacity
at 1150 RPM shall be 60 GPM at 15 feet TDli. Motors shall be 3-phase, 60 hertz.
460-volt, Weatherproof Type I, with rodent screen, NEMA Design B with Class B
insulation.
D. Sump Pumps: Furnish and install four (4) submersible type'sump pumps -
one in each of the drv wells constructed for exiting flocculator drives.
Pumps shall be Pacific Type ASF, with capacity of 40 GPM at total head of
20 feet, or approved equal. Pumps shall be equipped with 1/2-horsepower, 115-V,
submersible motors, and shall be complete with automatic controls.
END OF ITEM,
215-3
ITEM 216 - INSTALLATION OF HIGH SERVICE PUMPS
A. General: The Owner is p.rchasing, under separate contract, a 6,400 GPM
horizontal, centrifugal pumping unit, with 500-horsepower electric motor. The
motor will be 2300 volt, 3 phase, and pump and motor will be complete with
common base plate and anchor bolts. The unit will be delivered to the Water
Treatment Plant, and it is required under this contract that the unit be
^ccepted and unloaded from the carrier, that the foundation be :onstructed,
the unit set into position and grouted into place, and that the motor starter
and all piping, fittings, valves, and electrical connections be furalshed
and installed as required to place the unit into service.
E. Pump and Motor Installation: Because of the size of unit, it is possible
that it -rill be disassembled into major parts when received by this Contractor
and it will be required that the unit be as&embled as a part of the install-
ation. Under the contract for the purchase of the unit, it is provided that
the manufacturer will furnish the services of an engineer to check the install-
ation and make final adjustments for operating and testing the unit. Payment
for the services of the factory engineer are included as a part of the contract
for the purchase of the unit.
After the unit has been set in place on the foundation it shall be grouted
into position using a grout containing Fmbeco or other nonshrinking aggregate.
Grout shall be composed of one part portland cement, one part sand, and one
part Fmbeco, by weight. The grout shall completely fill the space between
the foundation and base plate and the full base to the top of gro.st holes in
the base. There shall be no void space below the petal base plate.
Piping and electrical work shall be in accordance with other sections of
these specifications.
F.NU OF ITEM
216-1
ITEM 217 - LIME SILO VIBRATOR AND LEVEL INDICATORS
A. General: Furnish and install one (1) electric vibrator and three (3)
bin level indicators on the licie storage silo, Specification Item 108.
B. Vibrator: Vibrator shall be semi-noiseless, equal to Syntron Model V-240,
with waterproof, dust-tight corer. Vibrator base shall be furnished to silo
manufacturer for their attachment to silo during silo manufacture. Vibrator
shall have a wall mounted controller equal to Syntron Model VCR-240. Con-
troller and vibrator shall be for operation on 208-volt, 60-cycle, single
phase service.
C. Bin Level Indicators: Furnish and install three (3) bin level. indicators
on the lime storage silo. Lime silo indicators shall actuate weatherproof
light mounted directly on the indicator housing, The level indicators shall
be Syntron Heavy Duty Model HLS-14, diagraphm type, or equal. The units
shall be mounted on the outside of the silo, or hopper, with only the
diaphragm exposed to the interior through an opening in the wall. They
shall be bolted to the wall of the storage containers with tie proper bolts,
nuts and gaskats to provide an absolutely dust.-tight installation. Units
shall be equipped with SPDT switch, and :hall be for operation on 115-volt
current.
END OF ITPI
217-1
ITEM NO. 218 - BUCKET ELEVATOR AND CONVEYORS
A. General: This item covers furnishing and installing of equipment for
handling pebble lime in connection with the proposed new lime silo. Work
to be done consists of t`^th furnishing and installing new equipment as well
as modifying some of tl;,; existing equipment to fit the new installation.
All new equipment shall be deeigned for the receiving, storage, elevating,
and conveying of 1-1/2" max`mum-lump pebble-lime weighing approximately
60 pounds per cubic foot. All equipment shall be essentially products of
manufacturers engaged in the production of chemical bulk handling equip-
ment and shall be equivalent to that manufactured by Link-Belt ion.pany, or
an approved equal. The contract drawings show the extent and general ar-
rangment of the equipment, and may be modified as required for the Install-
ation of the equipment furnished, subject to the approval of the Engineer.
Detailed dimensional shop drawings of the existing equipment will be furn-
ished to the supplier of the new equipment, if desired. As soon as practi-
cable, and within 30 days after award of the Contract, the Contractor shall
furnish to the Engineer four (4) sets of detailed shop drawings of the
proposed ''bulk chemical installation, indicating any necessary deviations
from the arrangments shown on the plans.
B. Existing Equipment: The existing bulk chemical equipment consists of
a screw conveyor from a truck unloading hopper to a bucket elevator, a
screw conveyor from the bottom of the silo to the bucket elevato-:, and a
screwAconveyor from the discharge spout of the elevator across the top of
tha misting silo to the feeder hoppers in the chemical building. All
units are remotely controlled from an existing panel on the second floor
of the chemical building.
C. New L. L,ment: A new bucket elevator shall be furnished and installed
whic.1 shall be fed by a new screw conveyor from beneath the new silo. The
bucket elevator shall discharge into a new conveyor rr.nning across the top
of the existing silo and discharging through a new clanged outlet to be
installed in the existing conveyor.
Both new screw conveyors and the bucket elevator shall be designed to -Ole
the pebble lime at an approximate rate of 120 cubic feet per hour.
D. Conveyors: Proposed conveyor lines shall consist cf 9" Lino; Belt .'i
heavy helicord screw conveyor or approved equal. Flighting shall be
on 2-1/2" standard pipe with ends collared for 2" diameter couplings. Cu,,-
veyors shall be complete with couplings, tail end shafts where required,
key seated dri," e end shafts where required, No. 26B babbitted bP.;cing hangers,
and welded steel plate type box ends with rapport feet, and with friction
outboard flange units. Conveyor troughs shall be an;1e flange "U" type,
of, 10-gauge steel. Trough covers shall be 14-gauge steel, suitably lipped,
gasketed, and secured for weather and dust tight construction. The first
three feet of the screw beneath the lime silo shall be 1/2-pitch with shroud.
218-1
Conveyor drivers shall be of the V-belt pulley type, of suitable size and
ratio to drive the conveyors at the proper speed for the required capacity.
Motors shall be Weather Protected NEMA Type I, of proper size for the
required service without overloading, and for operation on 480-volt, 3-
phase, 60-cycle service.
E. Bucket Elevator: The bucket elevator shall be Type 7, Number 766, as
manufactured by Link-Belt. Company, or an approved equal. Tt shall be a
vertical, continuous discharge, bucket elevator with 12-gauge head and
intermeR ate sections and 10-gauge boot section. Discharge spout shall
be 10-gauge and hood 14 gauge. The elevator shall have 8" s 5" buckets
spaced at S" center to center on a C102B chain operating at 125 feet per
minute. Shafts shall be mounted on anti-fricticn roller bearings and
flint run traction wheels.
The casing shall be of weather and duet-tight construction. Furnish a
structural steel machinery platform with handralling and checkered plate
flooring, with a ladder extending from the platform to the walkwr.y below.
Provide all necessary bracing from the elevator casing to the lime silo
columns.
The elevator drive unit shall be Link-Belt RC-80 roller chain drive, or
approved equal, with chain and sprockets of suitable ratiu, and an oil-
tight, wa'.ded steel, type "X" drive casing. Moor shall be minimum 2-
horsepower, for operation on 480-volt, 3-phase, 60-cycle scrvice.
F. Chutes and :pouts: All inlet and discharge spouts, appurtenances,
and accessories, including necessary modifications to existing equipment,
required for the complete "turnkey" instailatlot shall be furnished and
installed.
G. Gates: Rotary gate shall be of weathertight construction. Gate shall
consist of a housing, split vertically for ease of installation and removal
of rotor, and a freely turning rotor which rotates through an arc of 90°
from fully closed to fully open position. housing and rotor shall be ac-
curately machined to provide close rotor clearance and dust tight joints.
The rotary gate shall be equipped with Westinghouse 2-1/4" diameter, double
action, 5" stroke, type AM air cylinder. The cylinder shall have suitable
mounts for the installation and shall be equipped with a PD2-41-14-00 fog*-
way "Pilotair" valve, solenoid operated. The rylin:^r shall also be equi}p_-d
with two micro-switches for remote indicacion at open and closed position.
Limit switches and solenoid valves shall be fot weatherproof outdoor, 120
volt A.C., 60 cycle, single phase service.
The copper air line supplying the rotary gates on the existing silo shall
be tapped and extended to the proposed gate, liping shall be of same size
as existing lines and shall be harddrawn copper.
218-2
H. Painting: The exterior surfaces of all conveyor and feeder troughs,
gates, hand-rails, ladders, platforms, supports and hangers, and the
exterior and interior surfaces of the trough covers shall be cleaned to
bright metal and given a shop coat of protective paint. All paint and
painting, including the field finish, shall be in accordance with tle
painting secticn of these specifications.
I. Supervision of Installation: The bulk chemical handling equipment
shall be installed under h direction of an engineer employed bq the
bulk chemical handling equipment manufacturer, who shall instruct the
plant operating personnel in the care, operation, and adjustment of the
equipment. Cuts and diagrams showing the component parts of the equipment
and control devices shall be furnished supplemental to three sets of
operating instructions and spare parts lists. These operating instructions
and diagrams shall be explained to the operating personnel so that they
will havr a thorough understanding as to proper care of the equipment.
J. Guarantee; The equipment to be furnished under this item of the speci-
fications shall be guaranteed for a period of ont year from the date of
acceptance thereof, either for beneficial use or final acceptance, which-
ever i; earlier, against defective materials, design, and workmans'ip.
Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of failure of any part of the guaran-
teed equipment during the guarantee period, the affected part or parts
shall be replaced promptly with new parts by and at the expense of the
Contractor.
FIND OF ITEM
218-3
a
ITEM! "'9 - JIB CRANE AND HOIST
A.- General: Furnish and install a new 2-ton chlorine drum jib crane .pith
electric hoist in connection with construction of the new concrete covered
chlorine storage rack.
B. Jib Crane: The chlorine drum jib crane shall be a M1ode1 490-FPM ns
manufactured by Bushman Material Handling Equipment Company, Milwaukee,
Wisconsin, or approved equal. The jib crane shall be 14'-0" high from
bottom of pedestal base plate to bottom of boom arm, and boom arm shall
be 16'-0" lung, rv as.ured from center of vertical column. Galvanized anchor
bolts and anchor olt setting plan shall be provided far mounting the
crane on a concrete foundation as detailed on the Plans. It shall be
equippF% -1 th the proper electrical collector ass^ubly and all other
electt ±iring necessary for the satisfactory operation of the apparatus.
All wiring and collector assembly shill be weatherproof.
C. Hoist: A 2-ton electric hoist, with push type trolley and single :peed,
weatherproof, pus's button control pendant, shall be installed on the hotto,-l
flange of the jib crane boom. The hoist shall be a Dresser "Load lifter", or
approved equal, suitable for operation an 40-volt, 3-phaso, 60-hprt7 po er
supply.
I
219-1
ITEM 220 - AIR COMPRESSORS AND DRYER
A. General: Remove and salvage two (2) existing instrument air compressors
in the south end of the existing pipe gallery, and replace with two (2)
new compressors and a new instrument air dryer, complete with all electrical
and piping connections.
B. Air Compressors: Each of the two (2) new compressors shall be a
Worthington (or equal) 5-horsepower, two stage, Type C, Model 5AD2R, hori-
zontal mounted air compressor. Each compressor shall have a piston dis-
placement of 28 cfm, and shall be complete with centrifugal unloader, com-
bination suction muffler-filter, and control box mounted and completely
wired to motor. The control box shall have combination circuit breaker
type magnetic starter providing overload and under voltage protection,
adjustable pressure switch, pressure gauge, and ON-OFF selection switch.
Motors shall be 460-volt, 3-phase, 60-hertz, drip-proof induction type.
Controls shall include manual alternation of lead compressor.
Receivers (2 required) shall be 80 gallon horizontal tanks complying with
ASME Code, complete with pressure gauge, safety valve, and automatic blow-
off. Furnish low pressure alarm contacts on each unit,
C. Air Dryer: Furnish and install one (1) F-30 Hankiitson Refrigerator
non-cycling Air Dryer for moisture and oil removal. Capacity of unit shall
be 30 SCFM at 100 PSI and 100 deg. F. Unit shall ue as manuf_ctured by the
Hankinson Corporation, Cancnsburg, Pa., or equal, for operation on 11.5
volt, 1 phase, 60 hertz current.
D. Air Piping: Furnish and install all air piping, valves, and fittings
as required to properly manifold the two compressors through the air dryer
and connect to existing air header. All piping shall be hard drawn copper.
END OF ITEM
220-1
ITEM 221 - MISCELLANEOUS
A. Gas Unit Heaters: Furnish and Install four (4) gas fired unit heaters
iu the proposed filter building at locations indicated on the Plans. The
heaters shall be Janitrol with capacity as scheduled, or an approved equal.
They shall be complete with heating elements, burners, controls, splitter
nozzles, deflection grilles on discharge, inlet scree-i assembly, blower, 115-V,
motor and drive.
Controls for each unit shall consist of a gas pressure regulator, main
shut-off valve, pilot gas valve, a full-off and full-on electric valve con-
trolling gas to main burner, room thermostat, an automatic flame failure
100% shut-off safety pilot, and a combination high limit and fan control.
Flexible suspension hangers shall be furnished for hanging the unit heaters
from the roof bar joists.
Connection shall be made to the gas line supplying the existing filter
gallery unit heaters, and the line shall be extended to the new heaters.
I
B. Gas System: All gas piping shall be standard weight black steel pipe.
Screwed joints shall be made with an approved jointing compound. Care shall
be taken to keep inside of piping dry and free of dirt, cutting burrs and
other foreign substances. Gas cocks shill be Crane Co. No. 272, or equal,
all brass square head plug cocks.
C. Air Release Valves: Furnish and install 1-inch air release valves en
each of th= two (2) wash water waste return pump discharge lines, and a
2-inch air release valve at the north end of the wash water header in the
filter pipe gallery. The valves shall be the compound lever type, APCO
No. 200, or equal. Air release valves shall have a gate valve installed
between the valve and the line to which they are connected.
END OF ITEM
221-1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION III
PLANT ARCHITECTURAL
SECTION III - ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS
ITEM NO. 301 - MASONRY
A. Scope of Work: The work covered under this item of the specifications
includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary for or
reasonably incidental to the completion of all brick work, the backing,
tile partitions, etc., shown or indicated on the drawings by notes or Ly
hatching or specified herein.
B. Materials:
1. Face Brick: Face brick shall be of one distinct color: a light
red shade. The brick shall be Acme-Bennett smooth, square-edge, 70 series
smooth or approved equal. All face brick shall be of modular dimensions
and uniform in size and the exposed surfaces shall be free from cracks,
spalls and other imperfections. The color shall exactly match that of the
existing light red color brick.
2. Common Brick: common brick shall be hard burned, merchantable,
stiff mud or dry pressed standard brick which will comply with the A.S.T.M.
Specification C-62-30 for Grade B clay common brick.
3. Structural Clay Tile: Structural clay tile shall be Acme Elgin
Buff Sani-Finish, 6T series, smooth buff structure facing tile, or approved
equal.
4. Portland Cement: Portland Cement shall be as specified under Item,
"Concrete for Structures".
5. Lime: Lime shall be equal to "Dittlingers" or to "Austin White
Lime". All lime shall be made into a stiff putty before used in any mortar.
Putty made from h%,drated lime must be soaked for 24 hours; from pulverized
quick lime, mist be thoroughly cooled and cured for not less than 24 hours;
and from lump lime, shall be slaked for rot less than two (2) weeks.
6. Sand: Sand shall be well graded in size, and shall be free from
organic matter. When dry, at least 97% shall be retained on a No. 100
sieve, and 90% on a No. 50 sieve. It shall pass a No. 8 sieve, and at
least 5% shall be retained on a No. 16 sieve.
7. Water: Water shall be fresh, clean and free from injurious amounts
of minerals or organic substances.
8. Anchorij and Ties: Anchors and ties shall be heavily galvanized
metal. Sheet metal shell be at least seven-eights %718") inch wide and
not lighter than 20 gauge. Wire shall be at least No. 11 gauge, and ties
301-1
of wire netting shall be strips at least eight (S") inches long, of one-
half (1/2") inch mesh, No. 16 gauge wire fabric. Ties shall extend at
least four (4") inches into masonry backing and to within three-quarter:;
(3/4") inch of the face of brick'or tile.
C. Samples: The Contractor shall submit the following s&nples to the
Engineer for approval prior to delivery of any materials to the job site:
1. Face brick - 4 of each color.
2. Glazed structural units - 2 tile.
3. Anchors and ties - 2 of each type proposed for use.
D. Handlir_and Storage: All masonry materials shall be handled in a
manner to lrevent undue breakage or chipping. Mortar materials shall be
delivered cnd stored in the original packages, plainly marked with the
manufacturur's brand name. Mortar materials shall be stored in water-proof
sheds or o:i platforms raised free of the ground and protected by tarpaulin
covers.
E. Superv.',sion of Work. The Contractor shall have in charge of the masonry
work at all times during construction a thoroughly competent foreman thoroughly
experienced in this type of the work, and tinder him there shall be employed
at least o;ie (1) experienced man in charge of mortar mixing. All men em-
ployed must be skilled and experienced in these trades.
F. Erecti)n:
1. General: All masonry shall be laid plumb, true to line, with level
and accurately spaced courses and with each course breaking joints with the
course below. Bond shall be plumb throughout; corners shall be plumb and
true. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings or specified, the spaces
around built-in items shall be solidly filled with mortar. Work required
to be built in with the masonry, such as anchors, wall plugs, and acces-
sories, shall be built In as the erection work progresses. All scaffolding
necessary for the installation of masonry s;iall be provided, maintained,
and moved as required and shall be available to other trades required to
execute work in connection with the masonry. All scaffolding shell be
constructed in a safe and substantial manner and maintained in strict ac-
cordance *I th the requirements of City Ordinances, State Laws, and insurance
rules and regulations.
2. Brick: All brick shall be damp when laid. Brick shall be shoved
into placE,nnot laid, in a full bed of mortar. All horizontal and vertical
joints shfill be completely filled with mortar when and as laid. The back
of face course shall be plastered ahead of the backing with a heavy coat
of Class 1. mortar. This coat shall be carefully applied so as to form a
continuous, effective barrier to the entrance of moisture. S;.eces between
face brick and concrete that cannot be plastered shall be slushed full. Nail
holes and other imperfections shall be jointed to prevent entrance of waver.
301-2
Vertical joints shall be all of the same width except for inconspicuous
variations required to maintain the bond. All brick shall be laid in
Class A mortar as hereinafter specified. All exposed joints shall be
tooled to a dense, concave surface.
3. Structural Clay Tile: Provisions shall be made for all special
units as may be required to form all corners, returns, openings and off-
sets, and maintain proper bond throughout the length of the wall. Mortar
joints shall be three-eights (3/8") inch nominal thickness with full
coverage on vertical and horizontal face shells. All head and bed joints
shall be filled and made tight. Vertical joints shall be shoved tight.
All exposed Joints shall be tooled to a dense, concave surface. The sur-
faces of the walls shall be kept clean and free of mortar splotches, and
all joints are to be made with a straight, clean line. Where conduits
or pipes occur in masonry walls, same shall be "threaded" in as no chasing
of the walls will be permitted. All partitions that abut other walls
except exterior walls shall be bonded or anchored thereto not less than
every two (2') feet in height. Interior masonry walls abutting exterior
walls shall not be bonded thereto. Partitions or furring enclosing pipe
spaces shall to built after the pipes are in place and have been tested
to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and proper provisions shall be made
for tying such partitions to preceding connecting work. Suitable and
proper recesses shall be provided for built-in cabinets and junction
boxes. The exact location and size of all such recesses, etc., shall be
as required by the mechanical equipment; and this Contractor shall consult
with and cooperate with the Contractors installing mechanical equipment of
all kinds. Metal work, where required, shall be built in as the work pro-
gresses. All the partitions and furring of every kind must be thoroughly
anchored in a most substantial manner to all abutting surfaces. Wire loops
shall be placed in preceding tile walls in which wire can be attached and
extended into the horizontal joints of partitions and furring, which attached
loops shall be not more than two (2') feet apart in height. Likewise, all
metal bucks, finished or rough, shall be securely anchored into the masonry,
partitions and backing as it is built. Tile shall be set in Class A mortar.
C. Mortar: Proportions specified are in equal parts by volume. One (1)
sack of Portland Cement (94 lbs, net) shall be considered equal to one (1)
cubic foot.
1. Class A Mortar:
One part of Portland Cement.
Two and one-half parts of hydrated lime or stiff putty.
Nine parts of sand.
A slight amount of mortar color sufficient to soften the
grey or white of natural mortar shall be used for face
brick.
301-3
I
All mortar must be accurately proportioned and thoroughly mixed
by hand or by machine to a uniform color. Tools and mixing boxes must be
kept clean, and no mortar which is partially set shall be retempered for
use.
H. Lintels: Lintels shall be reinforced tile masonry or steel angles,
or concrete, as detailed on the drawings. Ir. precasting reinforced masonry
lintels, care shall be taken to insure complete filling of cells with mortar
and true alignment of the lintel with uniform mortar joints on ex{:osed sur-
faces. Reinforcing rods shall be not less than one-half (1/2") inch in
diameter and shall extend full length of lintel, and lintels shall have a
minimum of eight (8") inches bearing or. each side of opening. Lintels shall
be adequately cut:-d before handling cad storage.
I. Precast Concrete Trim: Precast concrete trim shall be of Class AA
concrete as specified in Item, "Concrete". The precast items shall be
of the exact size and shapes indicated on the drawings and as required
for completion of the project within the intent of the drawings. The
precast trim items shall be steam treated, oi, otherwise cured, for a
period of not less than four (4) hours, then aged under cover not less
than 30 days prior to erection. These items will be rejected if evidence
of any chipping, cracking, or crazing is found.
J. Cutting and Patching: Cutting and patching of masonry required to
accommodate the work of other trades shall be performed by masonry
mechanics.
K. Protection: Surfaces of masonry not being worked on shall be properly
protected at all times during the construction operation. At such time
as rain or snow is imminent and the work is discontinued, the tops of ex-
posed masonry walls shall be covered with a strong water-proof Menbrane,
well secured in place.
L. Curing: In hot, dry weather, masonry walls, exposed to wind and
sun shall be sprayed several times a day with a fine eater spray. Do
not spray until mortar has set sufficiently to withstand erosion. Spraying
will be required only for six (6) days following laying.
M. Pointing and Cleaning: At completion of the work, all holes in joints
of exposed masonry surfaces shall be filled with mortar and suitably tooled.
All mortar drippings must be removed from projecting surfaces of whatever
kind, and the entire surface of all exposed face brick work and interior
masonry surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned, using a solution of "Drano'`
in water (one can to a gallon) and then rinsed with clear water. Under no
circumstances is any masonry cleaning to be done wish any acid.
N. Painting: Masonry units shall be painted as specified under Item,
"Paint and Painting".
301-4
0. Removal of Existing Masonry Wall: Remove existing brick and tile wall
(north wall) as shown on the contract drawings. Patch and repair the side
walls at the location where the end wall is removed. Match the existing
tile as nearly as possible with the patch work. Perform this work in a
neat manner in order to leave a flush interior surface at this location.
END OF ITEM
301-5
X5
ITEM NO. 302 - MAX CONCRETE ROOF DECK
A. Scope of Work: The work covered in this item of the specifications
consists of furnishing all plant, labor, and equipment necessary for
installing the poured foam concrete roof deck, complete, including fiber-
glass formboards ani steel sub-purlins, in accordance with the drawings
and this section of the specifications.
B. Materials:
1. Sub-Purlins: The steel sub-purlins shall be of the size indicated
on the drawings and shall be cut the proper length for bearing at each
end. Sub-purlins shall be given one shop coat of paint.
2. Formboards: The permanent formboard shall be one (1") inch fiber-
glass board 32-inches wide, of the length required. Fora: boards shall be
acoustical fiberglass, as manufactured by Owens-Corning Company, or ap-
proved equal.
3. Reinforcing Mesh: Reinforcing mesh shall be galvanized welded wire.
No. 12 gauge wires, spaced four (4") inches O.C., shall be run perpendicular
to sub-purlins and No. 14 gauge wires, spaced eight (8") inches O.C., shall
be run parallel to sub-purlins.
4. Foam Concrete: Foam concrete shall be MLARLCRETE or approved equal.
The foam concrete shall consist of Portland cement, water, Mearlcrete foam,
and other materials as recommended by Pearl Chemical Corporation.
C. Installation:
1. Sub-Purlins: Place and weld each sub-purlin to each main purlin,
joist or beam at each contact point, using 3/4-inch fillet welds placed
on alternate sideE of sub-purlins. One (1") inch steel tees shall be used
for support of all cross joints in formboard.
2. Formboards: Place formboards on flanges of sub-purlins with all
ends or cross joints supported by one (1") inch tee sections. Forms shall
fit neatly on all four edges.
3. Reinforcing: Ends of reinforcing mesh shall be lapped not less
than six (671) inches. Sides of mesh are not to be lapped.
4. Foam Concrete: The foam concrete shall be mixed with water in ac-
cordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Decks shall have a min-
imum of two (21 inches thick foam concrete and all surfaces shall be screeded
to a smooth even plane. Cants shall be poured as indicated on the drawings.
The deck is to be sloped down to the west side in order to have proper drainage.
END OF ITEM
302-1
ITEM NO. 303 - ROOFING AND SHEET METAL
A. Scope of Work: The work covered by this item of the specifications
includes all plant, labor, materials and equipment and of performing all
operations in connection with the installation of roofing and sheet metal
complete, in accordance with this section of the specifications and the
contract drawings.
B. Materials:
1. Sheet Metal: Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the
drawings, all flashing shall be light cold-rolled tempered copper and
shall weight not less than 16 oz. per square foot. The roof expansion
joint shall be as above except it shall weigh not less than 20 oz. per
square foot.
2. Solder: All solder shall be the best grade obtainable, conforming
to ASTH Specifications, and shall be composed of half pig lead and half
black tin, all new metals.
3. Flux: Solder flux shall be resin.
4. Roofing: The roofing materials shall comply in every respect to
the Barrett Specification, Type AA, 4-ply, roof for laying over gypsum
roof deck.
C. Installation:
1. Flashing: Flashing shall be installed at all intersections of
roofs with vertical surfaces, at all projections through the roof except
at plumbing pipe vents, and elsewhere as shown on Oe drawings or required
to provide watertight protection. Exposed edges of all flashing shall be
folded back one-half (1/2") inch to provide stiffness. All flashing shall
be installed in accordance with the roofing manufacturer's requirements
for a 20-year roof bond.
2, Roofing: The roofing shall be laid in exact accordance with the
manufacturer's directions by a roofing contractor approved by the manufacturer.
The Contractor shall furnish an acceptable Surety Bond Guaranty guaranteeing
the entire roof and flashing for a period of twenty (20) years.
D. Downspouts: Form downspouts, as detailed, and the faces of the conductors
shall be corrugated. Suppport with bands of same material and secure to
masonry with brass expansion bolts. Lock and solder all downspouts to
scuppers in location shown to form watertight joints and finish smooth.
Fit bottom of downspout into cast iron shoes or other fittings and caulk
joint tight Downspouts shall be set approximately one-half (1/2") inch
from wall.
303-1
E. Miscellaneous: The Contractor shall furnish and install all items of
miscellaneous sheet metal work shown on the drawings or otherwise re-
quired for the proper completion of the job, whether specifically referred
to herein or not.
F. Cleaning: Upon completion, all sheet metal surfaces shall be cleaned
of all resin, dirt, grease and other foreign matter, and all work shall
be left in a neat, workmanlike manner. Downspouts shall he cleared on
inside of all foreign matter.
END OF ITEM
303-2
ITEM NO. 304 - MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
A. Scope: This item covers the furnishing and installing of all metal
specialties and miscellaneous items as shown on the drawings or specified
herein. Certain items for installation of plumbing, heating, electrical
work, and masonry work are covered elsewhere in these specifications.
All miscellaneous items which are to be built into the structures or
buildings shall be furnished as required during the progress of the work,
to the trades concerned. Standard commercial products which meet the
general requirements of the drawings and specifications and vary only
in non-essential detail will be acceptable, if approved by the Engineer.
B. Metal Items; Metal items shall be well formed to shape and size,
with sharp lines or angles. Shearing or punching shall leave clean,
true lines and surfaces. Weld or rivet permanent connections. Where
screws or bolts are used, heads shall be countersunk. Castings shall
be sound, free from warp, blow holes or other defects which impair their
strength or appearance. Exposed surfaces shall have a smooth finish.
Provide necessary rabbets, lugs, anchors and brackets so the work can be
installed in a neat, workmanlike manner.
C. Thresholds: Metal thresholds shall be aluminum. Thresholds shall be
set in a full bed of caulking compound and securely anchored to the floor
with machine screws in lead or expansion shields. Aluminum thresholds
shall be Julius Blum b Co., No. 6923, or approved equal.
D. Steel Nand Rails: Steel pipe hand rails shall be of the design and
sizes shown on the contract drawings. Posts shall be anchored ir. concrete
in sleeves or shall bP rigidly attached to steel stairs as required.
Sleeves shall be not aess than four (4") inches deep in concrete. Posts
shall be set in accurate alignment and sleeves shall be poured full of
melted sulphur. Escutcheons shall be placed over all such anchorages.
Welded joints shall be flush type and shall be ground smooth.
E. Weatherstripping: Bronze or felt weatherstripping shall be installed
where noted on the contract drawings. The weatherstripping shall be the
product of a recognized manufacturer of such items.
F. Steel Stairs: Steel stairs shall be of the design and size shown on
the contract drawings. All material shall be new and of the sizes shown.
The steps shall be Irvico-Safstlps, Type C-C, with cast abrasive nosing,
1" x 1/8" bearing bar or an approved equal. All stairs are to have one
handrail securely attached to the stair. All stairs are to be anchored at
each end as shown on the contract drawings. The steps are to be equally
spaced as shown on the drawings, The stairs are to be coated with one
shop coat of paint.
END OF ITEM
304-1
ITE14 NO. 305 - DOORS, FRAMES AND WINDOWS
A. Scope of Work: The work covered by this item of the specifications
includes furnishing all plant, labor, equipment, and materials and per-
forming all operations in connection with installation of doors and frames
and windows, complete, in accordance with this item of the specifications
and the drawings.
B. Aluminum Intermediate Projected Windows: All windowe rhali oe
Aluminum Intermediate Projected, of the sizes and types ihown on the
Window Schedule on the contract plans, Windows shall be Ceco-Sterling
Aluminum Projected Window, or an approved equal. Mullions shall be
standard aluminum T-mullions with cover plate. Windows shall be con-
structed of extruded aluminum, shapes of thickness required to meet
standard Specification P-A2 of the Aluminum Window Manufacturers'
Association.
Sash shall be accurately framed and smoothly joined, free from blemishes,
shall be satin finished and given a protective coat of clear lacquer.
Windows shall be stored, handled, and erected so as to prevent scratching,
distortion, marring, or damage of any kind. All ventilators shall fit
tightly after erection. The necessary hardware for operation of the
ventilators shall be furnished and installed with the windows.
C. Hollow Metal Steel Doors: Hollow metal steel doors shall be of the
type and design show". on drawings and shall conform to the specifications
for hollow metal industrial doors as manufactured by the Ceco Steel Pro-
ducts Corporation. Provide astragal for double doors. They shall be
given a coat of baked-on enamel at the factory. Hardware shall be as
specified under Item, "Hardware". Door size shall be 31-0" x 71-0" x
1-3/4".
D. Steel Double Doors: Remove the existing steel double door in a
careful manner in order not to damage the frame or the doors. Relocate
the frame and doors as shown on the drawing. The frame and doors are to
be installed in a neat workmanlike manner. The frame is to be set true
in order that the doors will swing free without binding. Should the
frame or doors be damaged the Contractor will replace, with new items,
the damaged frame or doors.
E. Steel Door Frames: Frames for steel swing doors shall. be formed to
the general lines shown on the drawings and shall be constructed of
No. 16 gauge steel sheets. Frames shall b:. Ceco Hollow Metal. Door
Frames, or approved equal.
G. Erection: All doors and windows shall be erected plumb and tru, , with
hardware left in proper working order. They shall be s(It as the masonry
work progresses and shall have adequate anchors and ties to insure good
installation.
305-1
• H. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings for metal doors and frames shall be
submitted to the Engineer prior to purchase of the materials.
END OF ITEM
3052
ITEM NO. 306 - WATERPROOFING AND CAULKING
A. Scope: The work covered under this item of the specifications includes
all labor, materials, equipment and strvices required for flashing in
masonry walls and caulking all outside openings where required.
B. Materials: Each type of flashing and caulking compound shall be
submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to its use in the building.
1. Flashing: Flashings in masonry walls, where shown on the drawings,
shall consist of a three-ounce copper sheet covered on each side with a
bituminous compound, layers of asphalt--saturated-cotton fabric, or a heavy
kraft paper. Flashing sha_1 be "Wasco Copperseal", or an approved equal.
2. Caulking Compound: Caulking compound shall be light colored,
elastic, non-staining and waterproof. It shall be "Armstrong's", or an
approved equal.
C. Application:
1. Flashings: All :lashing in masonry walls shall be installed in
strict accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. It shall be
lapped not less than four (4") inches at all joints and shall extend not
less than vix (6") inches on each side of masonry openings. Care shall
be taken not to damage the flashing in any manner. Surfaces to receive
flashing shall be smooth, dry, and free from loose particles. Where
fleshings do not extend to the outside face of the mortar joint, weep
holes shall be formed by inserting nails in the joints when it is laid,
pulling the nails out when the mortar has set. Weep holes shall be
placed approximately five (51) U.C.
2. Caulking: Caulking shall be used in accordance with the manu-
facturer's printed recommenda*ions. Surfaces of cast stone or masonry
to be in contact with the caulking shall be cleaned and coated with white
shellac or a colorless, transparent waterproofing before using the caulk-
ing. Where a suitable mortar back-stop has not been provided, the back
of joint grooves shall be packed tightly with rope yarn. Caulking in
joints shall be a minimum of one-half (1/2") inch in depth and one-quarter
(1/4") inch in width. Caulking shall be driven into joints to force out
all air and solidly fill the groove and shall be free of wrinkles and
uniformly smooth. Caulking shall be provided in the following locations:
a. Heads, ,jambs, and frames of all window frames.
b. Around exterior door frames and other openings in the
masonry prior to permanently attaching mouldings.
c. Under all exterior thresholds - full bed.
d. Other locations as required for waterproof construction.
D. Cleaning: All surfaces marred by smears of caulking compound or other
blemishes shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to acceptance by the Owner.
END OF Mlt
306-1
~ s
ITEM NO. 3D7 - GLASS AND GLAZING
A. Scope of Work: The work covered by this item of the specifications
consists of furnishing all plant, labor, equipment, appliances and
materials, and of performing all operations in co:uiection with the in-
stallation of glass, complete, in strict accordance: with this section of
the specifications and the applicable drawings, ani subject to the terms
and conditions of the contract.
B. Materials:
1. Clear Sheet Glass: Clear window glass shall be double strength
"A" quality, equal to Libby-Owens.
2. Putty: Putty for glazing on metal shall be of the best grade and
shall comply with the recommendations of the window or door manufacturer.
For aluminum sash, a glazing compound not requiring a paint finish shall
be used.
C. General: The sizes of glass indicated on the drawings are approximate
only, and the actual size required shall be determined by measuring the
frames to receive the glass. All glass shall be factory-labeled on each
pane, and labels shall not be removed until final approval is obtained.
D. Installation: Glazing in aluminum sash shall be accomplished in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
E. Acceptance: Glass shall be protected against damage. After inspection,
any labels, paint smears, &L:d spots shall be removed from the glass and
the glass shall be washed clean. Damaged or broken glass shall be removed
and replaced before acceptance.
END OF ITEM
307-1
MM No. 308 - HARDWARE
A. cope: This item of the specifications includes furnishing and in-
stalling all hardware not specifieu under other items of these specifi-
cations, complete, in strict accordance with this item of the specifi-
cations and the applicable drawings.
B. Work Not Included: Hardware for windows.
C. General: Templates shall be furnished to the door manufacturer fot
hardware to be installed in metal doors.
D. ualii : All door hardware shall be the product of a recognized
hardware manufacturer and shall be that of the brand named or a brand
approved as equal by the Engineer.
E. Finish: Exposed trim shall have a dull aluminum finish.
F. Design: All knob, lock and latch sets shall be heavy duty, mortised,
Schlage Plymouth Design, or approved equal.
G. Keying: All exterior doors to receive hardware under this item of
the specifications shall be keyed alike. Five keys of each type shall
be furnished the Owner.
H. Butts and Hinges: Exterior doors shall have full mortised, heavy
duty, ball bearing butts. Size shall be 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" for outside
doors. Butts shall be Stanley, or approved equal.
I. Stops: All doors without closers shall be provided with one (1)
wall mounted door stop, Quality No. 138, or approved equal, for each
leaf of door. Stops shall be firmly set in tile walls with anchor
shields or toggle bolts.
J. Hardware Sets:
1. Doors A:
1-1/2 pair Butta
1 Lock Set-Schlage D52PD
1 Overhead Door Holder - Glynn-Johnson OGJ71
2. Door B:
1-2/2 pair butts, each leaf
1 Lock Set-Schlage D52PD
1 Foot Bolt, inactive leaf
1 Chain Bolt, inactive leaf
308••1
t~~~~t
K. Application of Hardware;
1. Lock and Latch Strikes; Install on doors and door frames at the
same height throughout the building. The center of door knobs shall be
forty-three (43") inches above the finished floor.
2. Butts: Intermediate butt hinges shall be installed with bottom
of hinge forty (40") inches above floor.
~I
END OF ITEM
308-2
ITEM NO. 309 - VINYL TILE FLOORING
A. Scope of Work: The work covered by this item of the specifications
includes all labor, materials, and equipment required to install vinyl
tile flooring on all concrete floors and walkways in the proposed filter
gallery.
B. Materials: Vinyl tile shall be a flexible, resilient, durable tile,
of uniform all-vinyl compound construction and shall be made without the
addition of asbestos filler. It shall be compounded of the purest resin
and plasticizers, and shall have permanent, non-fading color pigments
running through the full thickness of the tile. It shall have a burnished,
non-slippery surface which will not require waxing to maintain its lustre.
Tiles shall be nine (9") inch squares, 1/8-inch thick. Tile shall be
Goudyear Vinyl Flooring, or approved equal. Adhesive cement for setting
tile shall be of the type recommended by the tile manufacturer. Color
shall exactly match tile in existing filter gallery.
C. Laying Tile: The concrete floor shall be thoroughly cleaned of all
dirt, dust, cil, grEase, and e,11 other foreign substances, and shall be
dry. Tile shall be laid in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations. It shall be thoroughly and continuously cemented to
the concrete floor by means of an adhesive cement. The tile shall be
laid out from the center of the room in each direction, with all joints
paral W or at right angles with the wall lines. The pattern shall be
symmetrically placed. Care shall be taken to make all joints flush, so
as to present a smooth, continuous, even surface, free from gaps or
irregularities.
D. Protection and Cleaning: The tile surfaces shall be adequately
protected from damage until the floor is turned over to the Owner. Any
damaged tiles shall be replaced by the Contractor as required at the
final inspection. Before the floor is turned over to the Owner, it
shall be swept clean, all traces of cement shall be removed, and the
entire surface washes: with soap and water, rinsed and wiped dry.
END OF ITEM
309-1
ITEM 310 - PAINTING
A. Scope: The work covered by this item of the specifications includes
furnishing all paint, labor, and materials and/or performing all operations
in connection with painting and finishing, complete in strict accordance
with this section of the specifications and the applicable drawings.
B. General: The contractor shall furnish all labor, raterial, equipment
and all services for cleaning and painting of surfaces as follows:
1. All metal work, equipment and machinery (except stainless steel,
aluminum, bronze, copper and lead), both exposed and submerged.
2. All exposed end submerged piping.
3. All woodwork, including back priming of interior wood work.
4. Exposed fiberglass formboard.
5. Malls and ceiling in the Pipe Gallery.
6. All exposed pipes.
7. Masonry walls in the Filter Gallery.
Finish field painting shall not be applied to machinery, equipment or
piping until operational tests are completed.
C. Work Not Included: Painting not included under this section is as
follows:
1. Shopcoats
2. Underground pipe protective coatings
D. General Provisions:
1. Approved Manufacturers
a. E.I. DuPont de Nemours b Company
b. Glidden Company
co Sherwin-Williams Companv
d. Pittsburgh Plate Glass Company
List of materials to be used shall be submitted to Engineer for
approval. The number of colors to be used on the job shall be determined
by the Engineer. If required, panels for finish and color shall be prepared
by the painting contractor in advance, with the materials as specified, for
the approval of the Engineer.
310-1
a
3. The contractor shall examine the specifications for the various
other trades and shall thoroughly familiarize himself with all 'heir pro-
visions regarding their painting. All surfaces that are left u::finished
by the requirements of other specifications shall be painted or finished
as a part of this contract.
4. Upon completion of painting, deliver to the Owner one (1) gallon
of each color and type of exact paint and finish, marked and labeled, for
minor touch-up work after acceptance.
E. Materials:
1. Deliver all paint materials to the job in manufacturers' original
containers and bearing their labels.
2. Materials shall be used only as specified by the manufacturer.
3. Painting materials, such as linseed oil, shellac and turpentine
shall be pure and of highest quality, They shall bear identifying labels
on the containers.
F. Storage:
1. All materials used on the job shall be stored in a single place
designated by the Architect. Such storage place shall be kept neat and
clean, and all damage thereto or its surroundings shall be made good by
the painting contractor, All soiled or used rage, waste and trash must
be removed from the building every night, and every precaution taken to
avoid the danger of fire.
G. Workmanship:
1. The workmanship shall be of the very best. only skilled mechanics
shall be employed.
2. ?aint'_ng shall not be done while surfaces are damp or when the
temperature is likely to drop below 42°, except that application may as
made on interior surfaces which have been thoroughly warmed and kept at
a temperature of 60° or more.
3. Floors and adjacent surfaces, as well as all surfaces to be
painted, shall be clean before painting.
4. Puttying of nails, holes, cracks, etc., shall be done after the
first coat, with putty of a color to match that of the finish. Putty
shall be brought flush with the adjoining surface in a neat and workman-
like manner,
5. Materials shall be applied under adequate illumination, evenly
spread and smoothly flowed on without runs or sags.
310-2
6. Coats shall be thoroughly dry before applying succeeding coats.
7. The contractor shall not only protect his work at all times. but
shall also protect all adjacent work and materials by suitable covering
or other method during progress of his work. Upon completion of the work,
he shall remove all paint and varnish spots from the floors, glass and
other surfaces. He shall remove from the premises all rubbish and ac-
cumulated materials of whatever nature caused by his trade, ane shall
leave his part of the work in clean, orderly and acceptable condition.
8. Tops, bottoms and edges of doors shall be finished same as balance
of doors after they are fitted by the carpenlu:r.
9. Enamel or varnish finish shall be sanded with fine sand paper
and then cleaned between coats to produce an even, smooth finish.
10. Each coat of material must be inspected and approved by the
Engineer before the application of succeeding coats. Undercoats shall
be tinted similar to finish coats.
H. Preparation of Surfaces:
1. Wood: Sandpaper wood to smooth and even surfaces and then dust
aff, after priming coat has been applied, thoroughly fill nail and other
'holes, and cracks with plastic wood or putty; for natural finish wood,
putty shall be colored to match the wood. Knots, pitch streaks and sappy
spots shall be sealer'. before priming.
2. Steel and Iron: Metal surfaces to be painted shall be thoroughly
cleaned of mill scale, rust and :they foreign matter by scraping, chisels,
wire brushings (hand or machine), flame cleaning, sand blast or other
suitable means. All oil and grease shall be removed with naptha. Any
old loose or scaling paint shall be entirely removed to bare metal. Dust
and dirt shall be removed by dry brushing or air blast prior to painting.
Galvanized metal shall be washed thoroughly with a solution of copper
acetate (6 oz• to 1 gal. of water) before applying paint. Metals to be
submerged shall be field sandblasted to white ticetal, and first applications
of coating shall be completed on same day sandblasting is done.
3. Galvanized Metal: Wash thoroughly with a muratic acid solution.
4. Masonry Block: Remove foreign matter and mortar splatters. Mortar
joints must be brushed clean.
5. General: Before painting, remove hardware, accessories, plates,
lighting fixtures, and similar items or provide protection by masking,
eta., of such items. Upon completion of each apace, replace above items
or remove masking. Remove doors if necessary to paint edges. Use only
skilled mechanics for removing and connecting above items.
310-3
• 1. Application of Paint;
1. Brush Application: Only top quality hog hair or synthetic brist:e
brushes shall be used. A11 paint shall be applied as to form a uniform
film of a thickness which is consistent with the specified coverage for
the paint being used. Sufficient cross brushing shall be used to Insure
filling of all surface irregularities and complete coverage. Particular
care shall be used in painting in corners and other restricted places to
obtain uniform application. All final brushing strokes shall be made in
the same direction and toward the previously applied paint. The final
coats of enamel paints shall be brushed only enough to spread the coating
evenly and avoid excessive thickness.
2. Spray Application: When paint is applied by spraying, the air
gun used shall be adjustable for regulation of the air and paint mixture.
The equipment shell have a suitable water trap to remove moisture present
in the compressed air. Paint pots shall be equipped with a hand agitator
to keep the paint well mixed. All equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned
at the end of each day's work. The width of the spray shall be not less
than twelve (12") inches nor more than eighteen (18") inches. The pressure
' shall be suitable for type of paint used. Frequent 0.ecks shall be made
to insure maintenance of correct spreading rate, and the coating shall be
uniform without sags, runs, or "orange peel" effect. Special care shall
be taken to see that edges, corners and bolt heads are completely covered
and that there has been no bridging over the film.
J. Schedule of Painting:
1. Unless otherwise noted, this schedule is based on Glidden first
line paints and the number of coats required on various surfaces shall be
as follows:
2. Exterior Painting:
a. Galvanized Metal:
lst Coat 5229 Rustmast Primer
2nd Coat Speed Luster Enamel
3rd Coat Spred Luster Enamel
Application: All exposed galvanized metal.
b. Ferrous Metal.,
1st Coat By Others
Spot Prime as Required Speed Enamel Primer
2nd Coat Spred Luster Enamel
3rd Coat Spred Luster Enamel
310-4
Application: All exposed ferrous metal, including doors and frames,
gates, soffit trim.
3. Interior Painting:
a. Finish Wood:
I
1st Coat 555 Enamel Undercoat
2nd Coat Brush-Day-Lite Eggshell Enamel
3rd Coat Brush-bay-Lite Eggshell Enamel
Application: Trim, moldings.
b. Ferrous Metal:
1st Coat By Others
Spot Prime as Required Speed Enamel Primer
2nd Coat Brush-Day-Late Eggshell Enamel
3rd Coat Brush-Day-Lite Eggshell Enamel
Application: All exposed ferrous metal including doors and frames,
railing brat-:cets, ladders, access doors, ceiling grid hangers.
c. Concrete:
let Coat Brush-Day-Lite Primer No. 5041
2nd Coat Brush-Day-Late Eggshell Enamel
Application: Walls, ceiling and beams of Filter Pipe Gallery.
d. Masonry Units:
1st Coat No. 1952 Block Filler +
2nd Coat Brush-Day-Lite Eggshell Enamel
Application: All Filter Gallery interior masonry wail surfaces.
K. Mechanical and Electrical Paint Schedule:
1, Exterior:
a. New Iron and Steel, Unpainted Piping, Valves and Fittings: The
items shall all be given one coat of a rust inhibitive primer equal to
DuPont DULUX Maintenance Primer No, 760 and tw;) coats of machinery enamel
equal co DuPont DULUX:
. b. Shop Coated,Piping, Valves and Fittings, Shop Crated Machinery,
Electrical Control Equipment, Etc.., Aiter touching up shop coats theee
items shall all be given two coats of a machinery enamel as specified above
for exterior items.
310-5
2. submerged Metal: All submerged metal, and all other metal specified
to be field sand-blasted anti coated, shall be coated as follows:
Two Coats (Minimum) Cook's Corotar T-0
The total thickness after completion shall be not less than 12 mils. Ad-
ditional coats will be required as necessary to produce this thickness on
all metal surfaces coated. Surface shall be sandblasted to white metal
immediately prior to application of c irg. Manufa:turer's recommendations
shall be strictly adhered to with regards to method of application, maximum
time between coats, mixing, thinning, caring time, etc.
END OF ITEM
310-6
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
•
SECTION IV
PLANT ELECTRICAL
SECTION IV - ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ITEM NO. 401 - GENER_kL ELECTRICAL RE UIREMENTS
A. Scope of Work: The electrical work shall consist of providing a com-
plete and operative electrical installation of the additions to the Denton
Filter Plant and Raw Water Pump Station, as shown on the plans and provided
for in these specifications. The work includes the furnishing of all labor,
materials and equipment, except that specifically stated tc be furnished
by the owner, to provide a complete and workable electrical system.
B. Codes and Standards: All electrical material, workmans':ip, and tests
shall be in conformity with the applicable current standard rules, regu-
lationa, and specifications of the following authorities:
National Board of Fire Underwriters (NBFU) and National Electric
Code (NEC)
National Electrical 1a nufacturers' Association (NEMA)
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association (IPCEA)
United States of America Standards Institute (L'SASI)
National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) - Standard of
Installation
National Bureeu of Standards (NBS) (National Electrical Safety Code)
City of De:ton, Texas
Inspections and approvals for the work by authorities having legal juris-
diction shall be obtained by the Contractor.
C. Xaterial and Workmanship: All materials shall be new unless otherwise
specified, and first class in every respect. All materials of a type for
which the Underwriter Laboratories have ^stablished a standard shall be
listed by the Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., and shall bear their label.
The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, for his approval, a list showing
all equipment he contemplates incorporating in the work. Samples of
materials shall be submitted for approval when so uirected. Equipment,
materials, and articles installed or used without such approval shall be
at r;ie risk of subsequent rejection. The schedule of materials shall in-
clude catalog numbers and complete description. Ap},roval of such drawings,
equipment, and specifications shall not relieve the Contractor of the re-
sponsibility for the satisfactory performance of the equipment as furnished
and installed.
401-1
All work shall be performed by competent workmen, skilled in this type of
work. Work shall be neat throughout, and structurally sound.
D. Grounding: All conduits, motors, cabinets, outtlets, and other equip-
ment shall be properly grounded in accordance with National Electric Code
requirements. P.11 ground wire within structures shall be run in the con-
crete, except where necessary to emerge and make a tap. All connections
between ground conductors shall be by the thermite method known as "Cadweld".
The connections shall then be coated with hot atsphaltum com,ound. The
ground rods shall be 3/4" x 10'-0" copper-weld, and connection thereto
shall be with Burndy #GAR6426 clamp. The ground wire shall be TW insulated,
stranded copper, sized as shown. When ground wire is exposed to mechanical
injury it shall be installed in thick wall conduit. Connections shall be
made to equipment with solderless connectors, such as Burndy Type QA or
approved equal. The metal surface under the lug shall be cleaned to
bright metal. Connections to motors shall be to a ground{ng stud which
shall be treaded into the stationary frame and not an end bell, and the
ground wire shall not be lugged to a mounting bolt. All 3 phase motor
circuits, all panel feelers, and all outside lighting circuits shall have
a grounding conductor included, sized by NEC rules.
E. Location of Outlets: The approximate location of cabinets, panelboards,
switches, power outlets, etc., are indicated on the plans. Convenience
outlets shall be located 1'-6" above floor, except in pipe gallery where
they shall be 36" above floor, and wall switches shall be located 4'-6"
above floor.
F. Cutting and Patching: All necessary cutting and patching of existing
walls, floors, etc., as required for the proper installation of the work
under this contract shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner and as
approved by the Engineer.
0. Painting: All exposed cabinets, junction boxes, hangers, conduit and
other devices shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted with two (2) coats
of an approved engine enamel in colors to be specified by the Engineer.
Name plates are not to be painted.
H. Testing.: All circuits shall be rung out and on completion of the work
all of the installations shall be entirely free of grounds and short
circuits.
I. Guarantee: The Contractor shall guarantee against mechanical defects
in any or all materials and workmanship covered by these specifications
and shall make good, repair or replace, at his own expense, any defective
work, material or part which may show itself within a period of one year
after final acceptance of the work.
J. Services: The 2400 volt service for the new high service pump No. 3
shall be taken from the existing line-up of 2400 volt switchgear In the
basement of the Administration Building, as shown on the plans.
401-2
A new 2400 volt, 3 phase, 3 wire feeder shall be brought in from the power
company's transformer bank to the switchgear in the basement of the Ad-
ministration Building, utilizing the existing 4" empty conduit, all as
shown on the plans and provided for in these specii'.cations. At the
switchgear end, the 4" conduit shall be extended to a point near the
line terminals of the existing incoming lire compartment, there term-
inating in a sealing bushing, OZ No. KR400, or approved equal. At the
substation end, the 4" conduit shall be extended up to a point near the
2400 volt bus as directed by the power company, there terminating in an
O.Z. cablehead. Cables shall continue up to and shall be supported by
the Power Company substation switch connections. This Contractor shall
assist the power company in making service connections at the substation.
The service for the new Power Panel F shall be 480 volts, 3 phase, 3 wire,
as shown on the plans. Service shall be obtained from Power Panel k by
replacing a spare circuit breaker with a new circuit as noted.
END OF ITEM
01-3
ITEM NO. 402 - ELECTRICAL WIRING
A. Conduit: A complete electrical circuit system shall be furnished and
installed, and shall consist of embedded and exposed rigid, thick wall,
galvanized conduits.
Rigid steel galvanized conduit shall be hot-dipped galvanized inside and
out and shall have a coat of enamel or lacquer applied over the galvan-•
izing inside and out. Conduit shall be manufactured according to A.S.A.
Standard No. 080.1-1953 and the latest revision thereto.
All conduits shall be galvanized, rigid, heavy wall steel, Underwriter's
approved, except the final connection to motors, which may be flexible
metal conduit for a distance not to exceed eighteen (18") inches. Where
used, the flexible conduit shall be American Metal Hose with a neoprene
jacket and Appleton Sealtite fittings, or other approved equal. Con-
duits shall be rigidly supported to the building structure by means of
straps or clamps, bolted or screwed to the structure. Hangers or ties
of wire will not be permitted.
Conduit sizes not shown on the drawing shall be in accordance with the
National Electrical Code requirements. One-half (1/2") inch conduit
is the minimum size that will be permitted.
Double locknut construction shall be used on all conduits terminating
in stamped metal motor terminal, motor starter, safety switch, outlet,
junction or pull boxes, etc., with approved type of bushing over end of
conduit. Length of conduit threads shall be increased at outlet, junction
and pull boxes where necessary to accommodate double locknuts and bushing.
All bushings shall be fully seated against end of conduit.
Bushings shall be composed of an outer threaded metal ring with an inner
insulating compound ring moulded into the metal ring, or shall be composed
entirely of an approved insulation material and of the threaded type.
Conduit nipples shall have two independent sets of threads. Running threads
shall not be used. Where conditions require joining two fixed conduits
into a continuous run, a conduit union shall be used.
Where conduit joints occur in concrete slabs in damp or wet locations, or
exposed to weather, they shall be made watertight by applying'a coating
of white lead and oil on the entire conduit thread area before assembling.
All conduit joints shall be drawn up as tight as practicable. Special care
shall be used to see that such joints are tight mechanically and that the
white lead application complotely seals them against the entrance of mois-
ture.
402-1
"Condulet" type fittings shall not be used on conduits containing wire X74
gauge or larger in size. Pull boxes shall be provided and installed where
necessary to facilitate the installation of cable and wires. The pull boxes
shall be of N.E.C. size.
Underground steel conduits shall be painted with a heavy coat of asphaltum
paint before burial.
Horizontal runs of conduit shall be so installed, if possible, to provide
a nature' drain for condensation without pockets or traps where moisture
may collect.
B. Wire and Cable: Conductors for use on 2400 volt circuits shall be
single conductor, Class B strand, extruded semi--conducting strand shield,
Type EP insulation and PVC packet. Wire shall be Anaconda AP 15005, or
approved equal.
Wire for the filter controls shall be 19 ga. solid copper conductor, thermo-
plastic insulation, color coded, Belden or approved equal.
All other wire shall be 600 volt thermoplastic insulated single conductor
stranded copper, 75° C, Type THW, wet or dry. In addition, the wire shall
be water tank tested and approved as machine tool wire in accordance with
the National Machine Tool Builders Association. The wire shall be Anaconda
Densheath 900, or approved equal.
The minimum size conductor permitted is #12 AWG, except as specifically
indicated above or on the Plans.
All wire shall bear the approval of Underwriters` Laboratories, Inc.
All splices and taps shall be made with mechanical type, compression type
or spring connectors. Splices and taps shall then be reinsulated with
Scotch Tape No. 33, half lapped, to a thickness of 1-1/2 times the con-
ductor insulation thickness.
All conductors shall be continuous from outlet to outlet and no splices
shall be made except at outlets. Sufficient wire shall be left at all
outlets to make connections to apparatus without straining.
A soldered splice tap or connection shall not be acceptable.
END OF ITEM
402-2
~r~
I'(YA_K.-403 - t'tEC£RiCAL E UQ IPME_Mr
A. nutlet Boxes: n;itlets for concealed wiring shall be galvanized stamped
alieet niet.tl typi, it:9talled flush with the finished wall surface. Pull
boxen, junction boxes, and all other boxes to which no fixture or device
is to be attached shall be fitted with blank covers and painted to match
tike surroundings. Outlets for exposed wiring shall be cast iron boxes with
threaded hubs.
Where wore than one switch occurs at the same location, use multiple gang
outlet boxes covered by a single plate.
11 Wall Switchess Wall switches on 20 ampere circuits shall be specifi-
cation grade heavy duty switches of a rating not It-as than 20 amperes
and shall be Arrow Hart 1991-1 or approved equal.
Install switches to accomplish the control as shown or specified, using
single-pole, double-pule, or 3-way switch as required. Use gang mounting
where two or more switches occur at the same location.
C. Convenience Outletst Convenience outlets for general use shall be
Underwriter's approved duplex grounding type, 15 amperes, 125 volt, equal
to Hubbell 5262-1.
` D. Switch and Receptacle_ Plates: Switch and receptacle plates shall be
of satin statnlecs steel throughout.
E, Flurcul_at_or Starters: Each of the four flocculator starters shall be
a combination circuit breaker type m-gnetic motor starter in a NEMA 4 en-
clo®tsre for mounting on the handrai.L as shown on the plans. The starters
shall lie for oporation on 480 volts, 3 phase, 60 Hertz. Starters shall be
complete with 120 v. control circuit transformer, 3 bimetallic thermal
overloads, and cover mounted watertight ON-OFF selector switch. Starters
shall be Square D Class 8539, or approved equal.
F. Clarifier Starters: Each of the four clarifier starters shall be a
combination circuit breaker type magnetic motor starter in a NEMA 4 enclosure
for mounting on the handrail as shown on the plans. The starters shall be
for operation on 480 voltr,, 3 phase, 60 Hertz. Starters shall have a 500
watt extra capacity, 120 v. control transformer, 3 bimetallic thermal over-
loads, control relays, and cover .-mmounted watertight control switches as
indicated on the plans. Starters shall be Square D Glass 8539, or approved
equal.
G. Clarifier Alarms: An alarm horn shall be furnished for each of the
four new clarifiers, and shall be mounted on the handrail adjacent to each
of the new starters. Alarms shall be watertight, for operation on 120 v,
1 phase, 60 Hertz. Alarm horns shall be SCAM, Model HPA, or approved equal.
403-1
H. Power Panels: Power Panel F shall be flush mounted in the filter
gallery and sized as shown on the plans. Panel shall Le for 480 volts,
3 phase, and shall be Square D Type r'31B, or approved equal.
1. Lighting Fixtures: The Contractcr shall furnish fixtures throughout
complete with lamps, sockets, hangers, etc., as required. The types of
fi.a ures required shall be as hereinafter specified acd any substitution
must have written approval of the Enjineer.
Type A: Benjamin #FP-1034-4 Indtstrial Fluorescent Unit with porce-
lain enamel channel and reflector and three 40 watt cool white rapid
start lamps.
Type B: Art Metal #3670 exterior bracket with 150 watt lamp.
Type Ce Shalda No. 693-16M, General Purpose Floodlight with 400 watt
clear mercury vapor lamp. Mount high on outside walls to match
existing floods.
Type D: Shalda No. 693-14, General Purpose Floodlight with 300 watt
PS-35 lamp.
J. Manual Starters: Manual starters shall be Square D Class 2510, or
approved equal, in a NEMA 1 flush mounting enclosure with single thermal
overload relay. Outdoor manual starters shall be NEMA 4 watertight 304
stainless steel enclosures.
K. Telephone Receptacles: Telephone receptacles shall be provided at
the lcoations indicated on the plans, for installation of telephones by
others. Receptacles shall be Communications Apparatus Company, Model
66E3-25, or approved equal.
L. High Service Motor Controller Revisions: The existing high service
pump controller to be revised as shown on the Plans is of Westinghouse
manufacture, 1956, with 4 - 130-A air break contactor.
The control circuit shall be revised as shown on the Plans, adding necessary
relays selector switches and timers. The Contractor shall make additional
changes ~As may be required to convert the starter from 125 HP to 500 HP
and shall include changing of nameplate, fuses and holders, ammeter face,
current transformers, high voltage conductors and any other changes as
may be necessary for proper operation of the starter, motor, and valve
motor.
END OF ITEM
403-2